diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/help.pm | 173 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot | 2713 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot | 2229 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot | 2211 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot | 2663 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot | 2647 |
6 files changed, 6564 insertions, 6072 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm index 46c2bbde4..bc1367d15 100644 --- a/perl-install/help.pm +++ b/perl-install/help.pm @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ use common; sub acceptLicense() { N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the -terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer.", N("Accept")); +terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button +will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit")); } sub addUser() { N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory -- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override -the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password. +the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password. From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ you have finished adding users. Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for that user (bash by default). -When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user +When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". @@ -82,9 +83,9 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means \"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."); } sub chooseCd() { - N("The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX -knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject -the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."); + N("The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a +selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current +CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."); } sub choosePackages() { N("It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your @@ -93,17 +94,16 @@ to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of similar applications. Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your -machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You -can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages. -You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a +machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can +mix and match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the -``Development'' group installed. +``Development'' category installed. * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or -more of the applications that are in the workstation group. +more of the groups that are in the workstation category. - * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the -appropriate packages from that group. + * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the +appropriate groups from that category. * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the more common services you wish to install on your machine. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such that installation of a package requires that some other program is also -rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are +required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation. The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a @@ -174,19 +174,24 @@ create such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies")); sub configureNetwork() { N("You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\". -Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If +Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\" button will take you to the next step. When configuring your network, the available connections options are: -traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a -simple LAN connection (Ethernet). +Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, +cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet). We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc. from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator. +Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional +software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually +work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of +supported modems at LinModems. + You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.", N("Next ->"), N("Use auto detection"), N("Cancel")); @@ -220,13 +225,13 @@ sub configureTimezoneGMT() { local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting \"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the -hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine +hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine also hosts another operating system like Windows. The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located -near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by +near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization")); } sub configureX_card_list() { @@ -271,16 +276,18 @@ Resolution Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen -configuration is shown in the monitor. +configuration is shown in the monitor picture. Test + Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear. + the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\", then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it -means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and +means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display. @@ -306,7 +313,7 @@ sub configureX_resolution() { Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen -configuration is shown in the monitor."); +configuration is shown in the monitor picture."); } sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() { N("In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or @@ -349,13 +356,13 @@ a good idea to keep them. * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for -Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data -(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT -partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided -you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the -FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this -option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft -Windows on the same computer. +GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and +data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows +FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any +data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. +Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is +recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on +the same computer. Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller @@ -379,12 +386,12 @@ drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only recommended if you have done something like this before and have some experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility, -refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter -Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Windows partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Windows"), N("Custom disk partitioning")); +refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Windows partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Windows"), N("Custom disk partitioning")); } sub exitInstall() { N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is -ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you +ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to +remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start. @@ -411,7 +418,7 @@ start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<. (*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type -\"mformat a:\")", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection")); +\"mformat a:\")", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection")); } sub formatPartitions() { N("Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use @@ -448,9 +455,9 @@ if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install updated packages later. Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be -retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree -will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install -the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel")); +retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will +appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the +selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel")); } sub miscellaneous() { N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired @@ -459,7 +466,13 @@ higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use. -If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option."); +If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will +be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the +Mandrake Control Center. + +The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that +will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that +address.", N("Security Administrator")); } sub partition_with_diskdrake() { N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the @@ -495,7 +508,7 @@ work. * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was originally on the hard drive. - * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and + * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs. * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your @@ -531,7 +544,7 @@ If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS ``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for -emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media automounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done")); +emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done")); } sub resizeFATChoose() { N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive. @@ -592,14 +605,16 @@ running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade")); } sub selectKeyboard() { - N("Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will -automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However, -you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for -example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss -keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find -yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do -not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select -an appropriate keyboard from a list. + N("Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically +select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection +suits you or choose another keyboard layout. + +Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your +language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may +have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec, +you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and +country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step +will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list. Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of supported keyboards. @@ -619,19 +634,33 @@ files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section. +About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to +cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is +still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it +or not depending on the user choices: + + * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1 +languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most +iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default; + + * Other languages will use unicode by default; + + * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using +the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system; + + * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by +selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been +chosen. + Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell -checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the -\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note -however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different -languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be -installed anyway. +checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user -will only change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("All languages"), N("Use Unicode by default")); +will only change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages")); } sub selectMouse() { N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your @@ -641,6 +670,11 @@ two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses a PS/2, serial or USB interface. +In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse +that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can +simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your +mouse up and down. + If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it from the list provided. @@ -657,7 +691,7 @@ pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your -mouse.", N("Next ->")); +mouse.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Next ->")); } sub selectSerialPort() { N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under @@ -669,7 +703,7 @@ system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to -guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you +guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and @@ -698,8 +732,8 @@ services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which one to use, you should ask your network administrator. If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer -will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust -everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password")); +will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody +who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password")); } sub setupBootloader() { N("This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader: @@ -720,13 +754,21 @@ you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the default. + * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power +management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and +you need it, check this box. + + * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts, +instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by +checking this box. + !! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting \"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the options. !! Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which -are normally reserved for the expert user.", N("Bootloader to use"), N("GRUB"), N("LILO with text menu"), N("LILO with graphical menu"), N("Boot device"), N("/dev/hda"), N("/dev/hdb"), N("/dev/fd0"), N("Delay before booting the default image"), N("Skip"), N("Advanced")); +are normally reserved for the expert user.", N("Bootloader to use"), N("GRUB"), N("LILO with text menu"), N("LILO with graphical menu"), N("Boot device"), N("/dev/hda"), N("/dev/hdb"), N("/dev/fd0"), N("Delay before booting the default image"), N("Enable ACPI"), N("Force no APIC"), N("Skip"), N("Advanced")); } sub setupBootloaderAddEntry() { N("After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of @@ -742,7 +784,7 @@ You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other -operating systems!", N("Add"), N("Modify"), N("Remove"), N("OK")); +operating systems!", N("Add"), N("Modify"), N("Remove"), N("Next->")); } sub setupBootloaderBeginner() { N("LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally @@ -750,14 +792,15 @@ automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to what it finds there: * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO -boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another -OS. +boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any +other OS installed on your machine. * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new one. If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the -bootloader."); +bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\" +won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip")); } sub setupDefaultSpooler() { N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may @@ -825,10 +868,10 @@ assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse. The following are some examples: - video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111 + video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111 hda=autotune - video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111 + video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111 * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency @@ -932,7 +975,7 @@ configure it manually. here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the card. - * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access + * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access now. * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot index 8c34af679..716a370d7 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot @@ -5,6 +5,89 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"„%s“: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n" +"you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually present\n" +"on your system, you can click on the button and choose another driver." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." +msgstr "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click „%s“. Clicking „%s“ will install\n" +"the listed services and they will be started automatically by default\n" +"during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The „%s“ option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" @@ -32,13 +115,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" -"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" -"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" -"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" -"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" -"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" -"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" -"Windows on the same computer.\n" +"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" +"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" +"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n" +"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n" +"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n" +"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n" +"the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" @@ -62,237 +145,213 @@ msgid "" "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" -"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''." +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n" -"System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n" -"Betriebssystem alles belegt, müssen die Platte(n) neu partitioniert werden.\n" -"Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Platte(n) darin, den\n" -"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandrake Linux darauf installiert\n" -"werden kann.\n" -"\n" -"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist, kann das Partitionieren\n" -"für unerfahrene Anwender unangenehm und stressig sein. Dieser Assistent\n" -"kann Ihnen diesen Schritt abnehmen. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im\n" -"Handbuch die entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der\n" -"Entscheidung.\n" -"\n" -"Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene\n" -"Alternativen:\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n" -"automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n" -"kümmern.(*)\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux Partitionen\n" -"auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n" -"behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n" -"anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n" -"Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig diese zu ändern.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls der gesamte Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM)\n" -"verschwendet ist, müssen Sie für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu\n" -"erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en)\n" -"samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Windows\n" -"Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese\n" -"Variante wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake\n" -"Linux) nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n" -"\n" -" Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n" -"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n" -"momentan.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren, und sie durch Ihr\n" -"neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche.\n" -"Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig gemacht werden kann.\n" -"\n" -" !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" -"gelöscht! !!\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows Partitionen gelöscht und\n" -"die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n" -"\n" -" !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n" -"gelöscht! !!\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber von Hand partitionieren wollen,\n" -"dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn\n" -"Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen Einstellungen\n" -"vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n" -"Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n" -"Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n" -"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n" -"\n" -"(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n" -"Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n" -"dürfen. Diese Regelung stammt noch aus der Zeit, als Politiker nur\n" -"proprietäre kommerzielle BSe kannten und sich nicht vorstellen konnten,\n" -"dass es freie und sogar kostenlose Alternativen gibt. Jeder Käufer eines\n" -"Komplettrechners ohne BS wurde quasi mit einem Raubkopierer von Produkten\n" -"aus Redmond gleichgesetzt." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Resolution\n" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" -"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" -"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor." -msgstr "" -"Auflösung\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" "\n" -" Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n" -"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n" -"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n" -"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden." +" * „%s“: this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all\n" +"the space available on it, you will have to create free space for Linux. To\n" +"do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data (see „Erase\n" +"entire disk“ solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT or NTFS\n" +"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" +"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up your\n" +"data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want\n" +"to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on your\n" +"hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system, choose\n" +"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your choice\n" +"after you confirm.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the „Ihre Partitionen verwalten“ section in the „Starter\n" +"Handbuch“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" -"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" -"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" -"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" -"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" -"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" -"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" -"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" -"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" -"\n" -"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" -"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" -"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" -"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" -"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" -"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" -"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" -"ones at risk.\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" -"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" -"you have finished adding users.\n" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" -"that user (bash by default).\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" "\n" -"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" -"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" -"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n" -"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" -"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n" -"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n" -"können Sie im „Starter Handbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n" -"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n" -"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n" -"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n" -"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n" -"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n" -"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n" -"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n" -"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n" -"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n" -"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n" -"\n" -"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n" -"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n" -"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „%s“ eintragen. Dies ist der Name, den\n" -"Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich können Sie ihn\n" -"hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein Passwort. Für\n" -"ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so herausragender\n" -"Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem etwas Sorgfalt\n" -"walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -"Klicken Sie auf „%s“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen. Anschließend können\n" -"Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt\n" -"haben, klicken Sie auf „%s“.\n" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" "\n" -"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ haben Sie auch die Möglichkeit, die\n" -"Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist dies die „Bash“).\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n" -"die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n" -"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n" -"Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n" -"einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n" -"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“. Andernfalls löschen\n" -"Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „%s“." +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" -"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" -"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" -"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" -"parameters.\n" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." +msgstr "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" -"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" -"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" -"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" -"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" -"Firmware Delay expires." +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" -"Yaboot ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n" -"GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n" -"Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n" -"automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n" -"können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n" -"richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a „Workstation“\n" +"installation can still have applications from the „Development“ category\n" +"installed.\n" "\n" -"Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n" +" * „%s“: if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt wird.\n" +" * „%s“: if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum Starten Ihres\n" -"GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen.\n" +" * „%s“: if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot zwei Verzögerungen zur\n" -"Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden angegeben und dient zur\n" -"Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n" +" * „%s“: install the minimum number of packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben\n" -"nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden\n" -"Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen wird.\n" +" * „%s“: installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n" -"Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" +" * „%s“: will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n" -"Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu wählen.\n" +"You can check the „%s“ box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach Ablauf der\n" -"Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll." +"If you started the installation in „%s“ mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -317,177 +376,230 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" -"Dieser Schritt wird nur aufgerufen, wenn mindestens eine GNU/Linux\n" -"Partition auf Ihren Festplatten gefunden wird.\n" -"\n" -"DrakX fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n" -"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake\n" -"Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux, die noch\n" -"installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n" -"Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n" -"unangetastet behalten.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandrake Linux\n" -"Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n" -"Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n" -"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n" -"\n" -"Aktualisierungen von Mandrake Linux „8.1“ oder neueren Systemen sollten\n" -"problemlos funktionieren. Ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux sollten Sie\n" -"nicht zu aktualisieren versuchen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" -"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" -"install updated packages later.\n" +"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" -"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." -msgstr "" -"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n" -"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n" -"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n" -"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n" -"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n" -"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie einen\n" -"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n" -"Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch jederzeit\n" -"nach der Installation noch installieren.\n" -"\n" -"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n" -"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n" -"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n" -"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „%s“. Die Pakete\n" -"werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht wünschen,\n" -"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“." +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the „Upgrade“ option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version „8.1“ or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior to\n" +"Mandrake Linux version „8.1“ is not recommended." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" -"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" -"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" -"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" -"default.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" -"are normally reserved for the expert user." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" -"DrakX bietet Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Hier erhalten Sie drei Alternativen:\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie grub (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten ansehen.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as „/“, „/usr“ or „/var“) but you do not have to reformat\n" +"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically „/home“).\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („%s“), Sie könnten\n" -"jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren, („%s“) oder\n" -"sogar auf einer Diskette („%s“).\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur\n" -"Verfügung stehenden BSe eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten\n" -"möchten. Sollten Sie während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird\n" -"Ihr Standard-BS gestartet.\n" +"Click on „%s“ when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n" -"irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „%s“). Stellen Sie\n" -"auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n" -"verändern ... !!\n" +"Click on „%s“ if you want to choose another partition for your new Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie etliche Optionen, die dem\n" -"fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben." +"Click on „%s“ if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for bad\n" +"blocks on the disk." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" -"\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check „%s“\n" +"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n" +"getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Click on „%s“ if you want to delete all data and partitions present on this\n" +"hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on „%s“, you will not be able to\n" +"recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including any\n" +"Windows data.\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Click on „%s“ to stop this operation without losing any data and partitions\n" +"present on this hard drive." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check „%s“ if\n" +"you have a working Internet connection, or „%s“ if you prefer to install\n" +"updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing „%s“ will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press „%s“ to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or „%s“ to abort." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n" +"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" -"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n" -"Sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n" -"\n" -"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n" -"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n" +"\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n" +"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the „%s“ button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n" -"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n" -"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n" -"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -" * „a“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -" * „b“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n" +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +msgstr "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click „%s“.\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the „%s“ box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the „%s“\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -" * „c“ bedeutet „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * „d“ bedeutet „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n" -"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition unter Windows erhalten\n" -"würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)." +"You can consult the „Starter Handbuch“ chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -512,7 +624,7 @@ msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -522,16 +634,18 @@ msgid "" " Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" -"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" @@ -544,64 +658,89 @@ msgid "" "\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" -"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n" -"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n" -"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandrake Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n" -"AfterStep oder WindowMaker). Auch hier wird „DrakX“ die Konfiguration\n" -"soweit wie möglich selbstständig vollziehen.\n" -"\n" -"Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Parameter, mit deren Hilfe Sie die\n" -"Grafikausgabe ändern können:\n" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"Grafikkarte\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n" -"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n" -"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -" Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n" -"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n" -"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht.\n" +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n" -"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n" -"auswählen.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -"Auflösung\n" +"Resolution\n" "\n" -" Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n" -"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n" -"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n" -"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden.\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" -" DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n" -"Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n" -"dem Sie gefragt werden, ob sie die getroffenen Einstellungen behalten\n" -"wollen, antworten Sie mit „%s“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n" -"Installationsschritt fortfährt. Sollten Sie die Nachricht nicht sehen,\n" -"bedeutet das, dass eine oder mehrere getroffene Einstellungen nicht korrekt\n" -"sind. Nach 12 Sekunden sollten Sie wieder das Installationsmenü sehen. Sie\n" -"können nun die Einstellungen ändern, bis Sie das Testbild sehen.\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" +" the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer „%s“,\n" +"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" +"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" +"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n" -"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n" -"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n" -"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n" -"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check „%s“\n" +"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n" +"getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"„%s“: clicking on the „%s“ button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the „Starter Handbuch“ for\n" +"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n" +"there is similar to the one used during installation." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -631,139 +770,29 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" "Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n" -"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n" -"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n" -"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n" -"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n" -"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n" -"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n" -"sind.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" -"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n" -"angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n" -"auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n" -"sowohl als Server als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem\n" -"verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n" -"in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n" -"einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n" -"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" -"\n" -"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake im\n" -"Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“ betätigen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" -"similar applications.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" -"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" -"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' group installed.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" -"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" -"appropriate packages from that group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" -"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" -"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" -"interface available.\n" -"\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" -"working graphical desktop.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" -"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" -"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" -"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" -"megabytes.\n" -"\n" -"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" -"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" -"be installed.\n" -"\n" -"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" -"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n" -"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrake Linux, und\n" -"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n" -"\n" -"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in Gruppen eingeteilt. Diese Gruppen\n" -"wiederum enthalten vier Abschnitte:\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n" -"markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n" -"diese Gruppe markieren.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n" -"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n" -"sollen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn\n" -"Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie hier\n" -"zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n" -"\n" -"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n" -"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n" -"Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n" -"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich grundlegender Werkzeuge\n" -"inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die sinnvollste Wahl für eine\n" -"Serverinstallation.\n" +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n" -"GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n" -"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" +" * „%s“ -- which is an acronym for „print, don't queue“, is the choice if\n" +"you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to panic\n" +"out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. („%s“ will\n" +"handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used with\n" +"networks.) It's recommended that you use „pdq“ if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, eine\n" -"„%s“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen\n" -"oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden\n" -"soll.\n" +" * „%s“ - „ Common Unix Printing System“, is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"„lpd “ printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems which\n" +"may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup is\n" +"almost as easy as „pdq“. If you need to emulate a „lpd“ server, make sure\n" +"you turn on the „cups-lpd “ daemon. „%s“ includes graphical front-ends for\n" +"printing or choosing printer options and for managing the printer.\n" "\n" -"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n" -"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n" -"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n" -"repariert." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" -"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." -msgstr "" -"Da die Mandrake Linux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n" -"CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass „DrakX“ Pakete von\n" -"anderen, als der Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall\n" -"wird es die aktuelle CD-ROM auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen." +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -773,7 +802,7 @@ msgid "" "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" @@ -802,210 +831,68 @@ msgid "" "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" -"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" -"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." -msgstr "" -"Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n" -"Das Passwort muss zweimal eingegeben werden, um sicher zu stellen, dass Sie\n" -"es korrekt eingegeben haben.\n" -"\n" -"»root« ist das Benutzerkennzeichen des Systemadministrators. Er ist der\n" -"einzige der berechtigt ist, neue Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu\n" -"ändern oder neue Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: »root« darf\n" -"alles! Wählen Sie deshalb das Passwort sehr sorgfältig aus! Unberechtigter\n" -"Zugang zu diesem Kennzeichen ist extrem gefährlich für die Integrität Ihres\n" -"Systems und der darauf enthaltenen Daten. Daher müssen Sie auch ein\n" -"Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; „DrakX“ teilt Ihnen\n" -"mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch möglich ist,\n" -"kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab!\n" -"Glauben Sie nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n" -"Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n" -"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigt erweise alle Daten auf allen\n" -"Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n" -"zugegriffen hat!\n" -"\n" -"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n" -"mindestens 8 Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n" -"werden.\n" -"\n" -"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n" -"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n" -"\n" -"Sie müssen das Passwort zweimal eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten\n" -"Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem werden, da Sie anschließend das\n" -"„falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit dem System eingeben müssten.\n" -"\n" -"Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n" -"Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n" -"„%s“.\n" -"\n" -"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n" -"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n" -"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren\n" -"Netzwerkadministrator.\n" -"\n" -"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, können Sie die Option\n" -"„%s“ wählen. Dennoch müssen wir Ihnen von dieser Möglichkeit abraten.\n" -"Besonders wenn Sie mit Ihrem Rechner ständig oder auch nur zeitweise mit\n" -"dem Internet verbunden sind." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n" -"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n" -"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n" -"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n" -"\n" -"Wählen Sie „%s“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" -"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" -"\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" -"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" -"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" -"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" -"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" -"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default during boot. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" -"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" -"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" -"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" -"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" -"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" -"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" -"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" -"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" -"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy." +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" -"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „%s“ entschieden haben)\n" -"eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen gewünschten Gruppen\n" -"gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert.\n" -"Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne\n" -"Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung entfernen.\n" -"\n" -"Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n" -"Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n" -"Drücken der Schaltfläche „%s“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche Installation.\n" -"Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen, können Sie nun\n" -"getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n" -"\n" -"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n" -"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n" -"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n" -"Unter Mandrake Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch\n" -"beim Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n" -"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n" -"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n" -"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n" -"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „%s“. Falls Sie mit\n" -"„%s“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen Ihnen\n" -"nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n" -"\n" -"Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n" -"Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n" -"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n" -"\n" -"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n" -"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n" -"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n" -"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n" -"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n" -"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n" -"Installationsschrittes." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" -"what it finds there:\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the „root“ password. „Root“ is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, „root“ can do\n" +"everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since „root“ can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"„root“.\n" "\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS.\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the „root“ password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader." -msgstr "" -"LILO und grub sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n" -"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n" -"analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"„incorrect“ password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" -" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen grub-\n" -"oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n" -"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n" -"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, click the „%s“ button.\n" "\n" -" * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" -"neuen;\n" +"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for „%s“. If you do not know which one\n" +"to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, wo der Betriebssystemstarter installiert werden\n" -"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" -"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" -"\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" -"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" -"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" -"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" -"issues.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" -"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" -"configure the driver." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" -"„DrakX“ versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n" -"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" -"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n" -"\n" -"Falls „DrakX“ nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten,\n" -"„DrakX“ zu helfen.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -"Falls „DrakX“ nicht in der Lage ist, die Parameter selbst zu finden, die\n" -"dem Modul zu übergeben sind, müssen Sie diese angeben.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"Sie können die benötigten Informationen etwa unter Windows (sofern das auf\n" -"Ihren Rechner installiert ist) finden, aus den Handbüchern, die sie mit dem\n" -"Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten des Hardware-Anbieters\n" -"(sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1031,10 +918,10 @@ msgid "" "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" "The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" @@ -1056,198 +943,137 @@ msgid "" "selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" "highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" -"Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n" -"Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n" -"angeben.\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the „root“ partition.\n" "\n" -"Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n" -"Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n" -"handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n" -"Versionsnummer.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux Installation.\n" +" * Root: the „root“ device or „/“ for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Ãœbergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n" -"Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n" -"konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n" -"klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n" -"ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n" -"Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n" -"ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n" -"für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 Bytes groß. Sollten Sie eine\n" -"größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem Parameter einstellen.\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst im\n" -"Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen zu\n" -"können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n" -"können Sie hier abstellen.\n" +" * Read-write: normally the „root“ partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes „live“.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem problematisch\n" -"erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog. „novideo“-Modus,\n" -"also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in „novideo“ mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n" -"Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n" -"Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n" -"eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n" -"Stern „*“ markiert." +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a „*“ if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" -"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" -"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" -"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" -"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" -"\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" -"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" -"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" -"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" -"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" -"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" -"installed anyway.\n" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n" -"Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n" -"anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n" -"\n" -"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, weitere\n" -"Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese später verwenden zu\n" -"können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen Zugang zu Ihrem System\n" -"erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n" -"Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n" -"\n" -"Sie sind nicht auf eine weitere Sprache begrenzt. Sie können so viele\n" -"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“\n" -"verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die installierten\n" -"Ãœbersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc. Durch\n" -"Auswahl des Menüpunkts „%s“ wird das System als Standardkodierung UTF-8\n" -"Verwenden. Es sei angemerkt, dass diese Funktionalität momentan noch als\n" -"experimentell eingestuft ist. Sollten Sie jedoch verschiedene Sprachen\n" -"auswählen, die unterschiedliche Kodierungen notwendig machen würden, wird\n" -"die Unicode-Unterstützung auf jeden Fall installiert.\n" -"\n" -"Um die Spracheinstellungen des ganzen Systems zwischen verschiedenen\n" -"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „/usr/sbin/localedrake“ unter\n" -"dem privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für\n" -"ein Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie den selben Befehl mit eben diesem\n" -"Kennzeichen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" -"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" -"driver." +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n" -"angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n" -"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"„%s“, which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the hardware\n" +"clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine also hosts\n" +"another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The „%s“ option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" -"changes.\n" +"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n" +"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n" +"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n" +"mouse up and down.\n" "\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Starter Parameter eingestellt haben,\n" -"bekommen Sie die Liste möglicher Betriebssystemalternativen für das\n" -"Startmenü gezeigt.\n" -"\n" -"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n" -"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n" -"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n" -"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n" -"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" -"„%s“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „%s“ bringt Sie zum nächsten\n" -"Installationsschritt.\n" -"\n" -"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugriff auf die\n" -"übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n" -"die jeweiligen Einträge entfernen, Sie müssen jedoch selbst für\n" -"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Systeme erreichen zu können!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" -"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" -msgstr "" -"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n" -"Mandrake Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n" -"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" -"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" -"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" -"similar to the one used during installation." -msgstr "" -"„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n" -"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" -"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" -"während der Installation angebotenen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Options\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" -"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" -"in getting the display configured." +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" -"Options\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be „pressed“ by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" +"\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" -" Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n" -"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n" -"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n" -"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n" -"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden." +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the „%s“ button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll the\n" +"mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1255,382 +1081,278 @@ msgid "" "Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" "Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie bitte den richtigen Anschluss. So ist etwa der unter Windows\n" -"„COM1“ genannte Anschluss in GNU/Linux unter „ttyS0“ erreichbar." +"Please select the correct port. For example, the „COM1“ port under Windows\n" +"is named „ttyS0“ under GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n" -"festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n" -"Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind, desto\n" -"höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die gewonnene\n" -"Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n" -"gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können.\n" -"\n" -"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n" -"Standardeinstellung bei." +"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n" +"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" +"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n" +"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n" +"können Sie im „Starter Handbuch“ nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n" +"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n" +"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n" +"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n" +"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n" +"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n" +"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n" +"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n" +"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n" +"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n" +"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n" +"\n" +"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n" +"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n" +"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „%s“ eintragen. Dies ist der Name, den\n" +"Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich können Sie ihn\n" +"hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein Passwort. Für\n" +"ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so herausragender\n" +"Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem etwas Sorgfalt\n" +"walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n" +"\n" +"Klicken Sie auf „%s“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen. Anschließend können\n" +"Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt\n" +"haben, klicken Sie auf „%s“.\n" +"\n" +"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ haben Sie auch die Möglichkeit, die\n" +"Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist dies die „Bash“).\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie alle Kennzeichen erstellt haben, die Sie nutzen wollen, wird Ihnen\n" +"die Möglichkeit eröffnet, ein Kennzeichen automatisch beim\n" +"Betriebssystemstart angemeldet zu bekommen. Falls Sie sich für diese\n" +"Funktionalität entscheiden (und wenig Wert auf Sicherheit legen) wählen Sie\n" +"einfach die gewünschte Arbeitsumgebung und das Kennzeichen aus. Bestätigen\n" +"Sie Ihre Auswahl durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“. Andernfalls löschen\n" +"Sie einfach die Markierung des Punktes „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" -"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" -"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" -"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" -"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" -"necessary.\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" -"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" -"country list.\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" -"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" -"correct.\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" -"change it if necessary.\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" -"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" -"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" -"configure it manually.\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" -"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" -"card.\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" -"now.\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" -"previous step ().\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" -"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" -"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" -"firewall settings.\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" -"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" -"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" -"idea to review this setup." -msgstr "" -"Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n" -"Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n" -"folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n" -"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n" -"können Sie diesen ändern.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie\n" -"sich befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die\n" -"Schaltfläche „%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der\n" -"Liste, die Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n" -"vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: „DrakX“ versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n" -"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein (manche Staaten etwa\n" -"überspannen mehrere Zeitzonen) können Sie durch betätige der Schaltfläche\n" -"„%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n" -"notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n" -"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n" -"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n" -"während der Installation angebotenen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n" -"hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n" -"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n" -"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n" -"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n" -"angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n" -"wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n" -"einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n" -"hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“können Sie die Parameter\n" -"ändern.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n" -"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n" -"Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n" -"gewählt haben.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n" -"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch einrichten einer\n" -"Firewall zu schützen. Lesen Sie das entsprechende Kapitel im „Starter\n" -"Handbuch“, wenn Sie weitere Informationen benötigen.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters ändern\n" -"wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt\n" -"sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n" -"\n" -" * „%s“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von Mandrake\n" -"Linux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner als\n" -"Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste werfen." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." -msgstr "" -"Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n" -"ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n" -"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" -"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" -"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" -"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" -"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" -"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" "\n" -"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" -"from the list provided.\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" -"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" -"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" -"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" -"go back to the list of choices.\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" -"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" -"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" -"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" -"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" -"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" -"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" -"mouse." -msgstr "" -"„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n" -"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n" -"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Es erkennt üblicherweise\n" -"korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle, eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus\n" -"handelt.\n" -"\n" -"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n" -"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n" -"\n" -"Sollten Sie einen anderen Maustyp gewählt haben, als DrakX Ihnen vorschlug,\n" -"können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus im angezeigten Dialog\n" -"überprüfen. Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad,\n" -"um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren.\n" -"Falls nicht, drücken Sie die [Leertaste] oder die Eingabetaste, um zurück\n" -"zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie einen anderen Treiber aus.\n" -"\n" -"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n" -"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n" -"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n" -"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n" -"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n" -"richtig erkannt wurde." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" -"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" -"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" -"button will take you to the next step.\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" "\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" "\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" "\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n" -"verbinden wollen, dann betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Bitte schalten\n" -"Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein, damit\n" -"„DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann. Sollte die automatische Erkennung\n" -"nicht korrekt erfolgen, können Sie es erneut versuchen, nachdem Sie die\n" -"Markierung der Option „%s“ entfernt haben. Betätigung der Schaltfläche „%s“\n" -"bringt Sie weiter zum nächsten Installationsschritt ohne Ihr Netzwerk\n" -"einzurichten.\n" -"\n" -"Zur Auswahl stehen folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN\n" -"Modem, ADSL Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung\n" -"(Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"Wir wollen hier nicht weiter ins Detail gehen, nur soviel: Stellen Sie\n" -"sicher, dass Sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet Provider oder\n" -"Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n" -"\n" -"Weitere Einzelheiten, die hier bereits hilfreich sein können, erhalten Sie\n" -"im „Starter Handbuch“. Falls Sie unsicher sind, warten Sie ab, bis die\n" -"Installation beendet ist und verwenden Sie danach das beschriebene\n" -"Programm, um Ihre Verbindung einzurichten." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n" -"die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n" -"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n" -"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche „%s“." +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Graphic Card\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Grafikkarte\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n" -"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n" -"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking „%s“ to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking „%s“ or „%s“ to modify or remove it. „%s“ validates your changes.\n" "\n" -" Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n" -"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n" -"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n" -"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n" -"\n" -"Hier werden alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum BS-Start\n" -"zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig durch und\n" -"markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur Verfügung\n" -"haben wollen.\n" -"\n" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n" -"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n" -"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n" -"\n" -"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n" -"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n" -"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n" -"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n" -"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n" -"wirklich brauchen! !!" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: in most cases, you will not change the default („%s“), but if you\n" +"prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive („%s“), or\n" +"even on a floppy disk („%s“);\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay given\n" +"to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the default.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"„%s“), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the „%s“ button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" -"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n" +"will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n" -"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n" -"auswählen." +"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n" +"die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n" +"zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n" +"abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n" +"Schaltfläche „%s“." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" -"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" -"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" -"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" -"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" -"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" -"other machines on your local network as well." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n" -"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n" -"\n" -"Da Microsoft Windows(TM) nicht sinnvoll mit GMT umgehen kann, müssen Sie\n" -"„Nein“ wählen, falls Sie auch ein Betriebssystem aus dem Hause Microsoft\n" -"auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“.\n" -"\n" -"Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n" -"einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n" -"Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n" -"Internetverbindung." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1704,167 +1426,345 @@ msgid "" "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" "country list." msgstr "" -"„%s“: „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n" -"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n" -"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n" -"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n" -"vollständigere Liste erzwingen." +"„%s“: check the current country selection. If you are not in this country,\n" +"click on the „%s“ button and choose another one. If your country is not in\n" +"the first list shown, click the „%s“ button to get the complete country\n" +"list." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" -"bad blocks on the disk." +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n" -"(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n" -"verwendet werden können.\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click „%s“ to reboot the system. Don't forget to remove\n" +"the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you should see\n" +"after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader\n" +"menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"Sie erhalten hier auch die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu\n" -"zu formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n" -"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n" +"The „%s“ button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n" -"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n" -"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n" -"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n" -"formatieren.\n" +" * „%s“: to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" -"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n" -"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n" -"Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n" +" * „%s“. This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues Mandrake\n" -"Linux vorgesehen haben.\n" +" * „%s“. Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n" -"Blöcke untersuchen wollen." +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n" +"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n" +"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type »linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" «.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"„mformat a:“)" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" -"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" -"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" "\n" -"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." msgstr "" -"„DrakX“ sucht aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n" -"Tastaturlayout aus. Möglicherweise haben Sie jedoch eine Tastatur, die\n" -"nicht dieser Einstellung entspricht: wenn Sie beispielsweise in der Schweiz\n" -"eine deutsche Tastatur verwenden wollen oder wenn Sie in Québec (dem\n" -"französischsprachigen Teil Kanadas) eine französischsprachige Tastatur\n" -"besitzen. Wählen Sie einfach ein passendes Layout aus der Liste.\n" -"\n" -"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n" -"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie erhalten dann eine\n" -"Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n" -"\n" -"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n" -"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n" -"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n" -"Layout umschalten wollen." +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The „%s“ field can inform the system of the user on this computer that will\n" +"be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" -"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" -"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" -"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" -"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" -"the installation you just configured.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" -" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" -"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" -"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" "\n" -" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" -"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" -"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" -"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" -"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" "\n" -"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" -"\"mformat a:\")" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the „%s“ button will allow you to select other languages to be\n" +"installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and „%s“ in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaï, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option „%s“ independently of which language(s) have been chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the „%s“\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the „/usr/sbin/localedrake“ command as „root“ to change the language\n" +"used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n" +"change the language settings for that particular user." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." msgstr "" -"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n" -"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n" -"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n" -"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose „C“ for CD at\n" +"the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose „N“ for Open\n" +"Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" "\n" -"Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Hiermit können Sie eine Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren\n" -"Hilfe Sie eine identische automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines\n" -"Administrators durchzuführen können.\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" "\n" -" Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n" -"aktiviert haben:\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch, da der\n" -"Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv vonstatten\n" -"geht.\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird vollständig\n" -"reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" "\n" -" Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n" -"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n" -"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the „%s“ is the safest place. Choosing „%s“ won't\n" +"install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" "\n" -" * „%s“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n" -"haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n" -"Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n" -"mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n" -"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Monitor\n" "\n" -"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“\n" -"können Sie unter GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)." +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1902,7 +1802,7 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" "originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" @@ -1940,81 +1840,198 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n" -"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n" -"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n" -"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n" -"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on „hda“ for the first IDE drive,\n" +"„hdb“ for the second, „sda“ for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +"\n" +"„%s“: gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your hard\n" +"drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will save\n" +"your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the „Referenz“.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"„bootstrap“ partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n" -"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n" -"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n" -"Verfügung:\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n" -"markierten Festplatte.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n" -"Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -"„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf Diskette speichern\n" -"wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen wollen, können Sie das mit\n" -"Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie eine vorher auf Diskette\n" -"gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört worden sein, können Sie\n" -"versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien\n" -"Sie vorsichtig! es ist nicht unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl\n" -"schlägt.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der ursprünglichen\n" -"Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding „%s“ button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * „%s“: check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt dazu, dass die Anwender\n" -"hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und aushängen müssen.\n" +" * „%s“: check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the „%s“ button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the „%s“ button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren\n" -"sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit die gesamte\n" -"Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre Platte\n" -"partitioniert.\n" +" * „%s“: By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country you\n" +"have chosen. You can click on the „%s“ button here if this is not correct.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen rückgängig\n" -"machen.\n" +" * „%s“: check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n" +" * „%s“: clicking on the „%s“ button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the „Starter Handbuch“ for\n" +"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n" +"there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * „%s“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n" -"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n" +" * „%s“: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie die Größe einer Partition festlegen wollen, können Sie die\n" -"Feineinstellungen mit den Rechts- / Links-Pfeiltasten Ihrer Tastatur\n" -"vornehmen.\n" +" * „%s“: by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in „800x600“\n" +"or „1024x768“ resolution. If that does not suit you, click on „%s“ to\n" +"reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Mittels\n" -"[Tab] und den Hoch-/Runter Pfeiltasten bewegen.\n" +" * „%s“: if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n" +"you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on „%s“ to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n" +" * „%s“: if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on „%s“ to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n" -"Partition sind)\n" +" * „%s“: If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-D - die Partition löschen\n" +" * „%s“: this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-M - dem Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n" +" * „%s“: if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the „Starter Handbuch“ for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n" -"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n" +" * „%s“: if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n" -"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n" -"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n" -"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n" -"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n" -"können." +" * „%s“: here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run on\n" +"your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea\n" +"to review this setup." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot index 66310ef0e..08fe2c177 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot @@ -5,6 +5,96 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquÃ. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" +"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" +"otro controlador." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n" +"el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n" +"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n" +"grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n" +"\n" +"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n" +"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n" +"\n" +"Es muy probable que la gran mayorÃa de las descripciones de los paquetes\n" +"estén en inglés.\n" +"\n" +"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea porque Usted\n" +"seleccionó especÃficamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n" +"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n" +"desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux, cualquier\n" +"servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento del\n" +"arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n" +"momento en que se publicó la distribución, es posible que se descubran\n" +"vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n" +"Mandrake Linux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n" +"un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n" +"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n" +"listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n" +"!!\n" +"\n" +"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n" +"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n" +"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n" +"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n" +"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n" +"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n" +"manera satisfactoria.\n" +"\n" +"El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n" +"lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si\n" +"Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n" +"idéntica. Haga clic sobre este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete\n" +"creado con anterioridad al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo\n" +"consejo del último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" @@ -32,13 +122,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" -"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" -"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" -"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" -"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" -"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" -"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" -"Windows on the same computer.\n" +"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" +"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" +"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n" +"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n" +"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n" +"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n" +"the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" @@ -62,8 +152,7 @@ msgid "" "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" -"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''." +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" "Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rÃgido donde se instalará su\n" "sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rÃgido está vacÃo o si un\n" @@ -90,18 +179,18 @@ msgstr "" "en su disco rÃgido. Si desea utilizarlas, elija esta opción. Entonces se le\n" "pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje asociados a cada una de las\n" "particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan automáticamente,\n" -"y por lo general deberÃa mantenerlos.\n" +"y por lo general es buena idea mantenerlos.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rÃgido y ocupa\n" -"todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio\n" -"para los datos de Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos\n" -"Microsoft Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco completo\") o cambiar\n" -"el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows FAT. El cambio de tamaño se\n" -"puede realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya\n" -"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows y que la misma utiliza\n" -"el formato FAT. Es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de\n" -"sus datos. Se recomienda usar esta solución si desea utilizar tanto\n" -"Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows en la misma computadora.\n" +"todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tendrá que liberar espacio\n" +"para Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft\n" +"Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco entero\") o cambiar el tamaño de\n" +"su partición Microsoft Windows FAT o NTFS. El cambio de tamaño se puede\n" +"realizar sin la pérdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted haya\n" +"desfragmentado con anterioridad la partición Windows. Es altamente\n" +"recomendable hacer una copia de respaldo de sus datos. Se recomienda usar\n" +"esta solución si desea utilizar tanto Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows\n" +"en la misma computadora.\n" "\n" " Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que después de este\n" "procedimiento el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n" @@ -131,169 +220,151 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Resolution\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" -"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" -"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"Resolución\n" +"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n" +"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n" +"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente el\n" +"controlador apropiado.\n" "\n" -" Aquà puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color entre\n" -"aquellas disponibles para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n" -"necesidades (tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la\n" -"instalación) En el monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración\n" -"elegida." +"Debido a que la detección de hardware no es a prueba de errores, DrakX\n" +"puede no detectar sus discos rÃgidos. De ser asÃ, Usted tendrá que\n" +"especificar su hardware manualmente.\n" +"\n" +"Si tuviese que especificar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n" +"preguntará si desea configurar opciones para el mismo. DeberÃa permitir a\n" +"DrakX sondear el hardware en busca de las opciones especÃficas de la\n" +"tarjeta que son necesarias para inicializar el adaptador. La mayorÃa de las\n" +"veces, DrakX saldrá adelante en este paso sin problema alguno.\n" +"\n" +"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n" +"parámetros debe pasar al hardware, Usted deberá configurar manualmente el\n" +"controlador." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" -"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" -"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" -"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" -"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" -"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" -"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" -"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" -"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" -"\n" -"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" -"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" -"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" -"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" -"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" -"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" -"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" -"ones at risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" -"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" -"you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" -"that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" -"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" -"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n" -"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y asÃ\n" -"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n" -"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n" -"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n" -"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n" -"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n" -"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n" -"cuenta es la que deberÃa utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n" -"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n" -"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podrÃa significar que su sistema\n" -"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n" -"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n" -"sistema.\n" -"\n" -"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n" -"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n" -"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n" -"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n" -"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n" -"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n" -"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n" -"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n" -"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrÃan estar\n" -"en peligro.\n" -"\n" -"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n" -"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n" -"que desee.\n" -"\n" -"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n" -"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n" -"\n" -"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n" -"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n" -"computadora. Si está interesado en esta caracterÃstica (y no le importa\n" -"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n" -"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta caracterÃstica, quite la marca de la\n" -"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n" -"preferencia." +"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n" +"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n" +"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto según sea necesario." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" -"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" -"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" -"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" -"parameters.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" -"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" -"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" -"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" -"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" -"Firmware Delay expires." +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" -"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n" -"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n" -"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n" -"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n" -"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n" +"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" +"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y para\n" +"hacer más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en\n" +"grupos de aplicaciones similares.\n" "\n" -"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n" +"Los paquetes se clasifican en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular\n" +"de su máquina. Mandrake Linux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro\n" +"categorÃas. Puede mezclar. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de\n" +"varias categorÃas, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\"\n" +"puede tener instaladas aplicaciones de la categorÃa \"Desarrollo\".\n" "\n" -" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n" -"prompt de arranque.\n" +" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n" +"seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categorÃa estación de trabajo.\n" "\n" -" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n" -"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n" -"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n" +" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n" +"paquetes apropiados de esa categorÃa.\n" "\n" -" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n" -"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquà puede elegir\n" -"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n" +" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n" +"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n" "\n" -" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n" -"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n" -"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n" -"predeterminada.\n" +" * \"%s\": aquà es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n" +"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n" "\n" -" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n" -"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n" +"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n" +"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n" +"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n" +"una instalación mÃnima:\n" "\n" -" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n" -"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n" +"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n" "\n" -" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n" -"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware." +" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n" +"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n" +"un servidor.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": instalará el mÃnimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n" +"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de lÃnea\n" +"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n" +"\n" +"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n" +"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n" +"instalará.\n" +"\n" +"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n" +"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n" +"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -319,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" "to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" "Este paso se activa sólo si se encontró una partición GNU/Linux antigua en\n" -"su sistema.\n" +"su máquina.\n" "\n" "DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación nueva o una\n" "actualización de un sistema Mandrake Linux existente:\n" @@ -345,6 +416,95 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" +"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n" +"\n" +"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n" +"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si asà lo desea, por favor\n" +"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n" +"preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n" +"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n" +"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n" +"(tÃpicamente \"/home\")\n" +"\n" +"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n" +"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n" +"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n" +"de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las que se\n" +"buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Opciones\n" +"\n" +" Aquà puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n" +"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n" +"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n" +"pantalla." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" @@ -353,9 +513,9 @@ msgid "" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" -"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Es probable que cuando instale Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se hayan\n" "actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n" @@ -373,124 +533,98 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n" +"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" -"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" -"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" -"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" -"default.\n" -"\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" -"are normally reserved for the expert user." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": en la mayorÃa de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n" -"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n" -"el segundo disco rÃgido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n" +"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió en , DrakX selecciona automáticamente un\n" +"tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique que la selección le\n" +"satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n" +"\n" +"También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n" +"exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n" +"inglés, todavÃa podrÃa desear que su teclado sea un teclado inglés. O si\n" +"habla castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación\n" +"en la cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso,\n" +"este paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una\n" +"lista.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n" -"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n" -"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n" -"\n" -"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n" -"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n" -"su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n" -"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" +"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" +"de los teclados soportados.\n" "\n" -"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" -"opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto." +"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n" +"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n" +"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" -"\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" -"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" -"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rÃgido.\n" -"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiar el tamaño para poder\n" -"instalar su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"Ahora configurará su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si\n" +"desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local.\n" +"Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos de red y\n" +"módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"%s\".\n" +"También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en cuyo\n" +"caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n" +"\n" +"Cuando configura su red las opciones de conexión disponibles son: conexión\n" +"con módem tradicional, conexión con Winmodem, conexión con módem RDSI\n" +"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n" +"(Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\",\n" -"\"Capacidad\".\n" -"\n" -"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rÃgido\", \"número de\n" -"disco rÃgido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n" -"\n" -"\"Tipo de disco rÃgido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n" -"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n" -"\n" -"\"Número de disco rÃgido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n" -"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" -"primaria\",\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" -"primaria\",\n" -"\n" -" * \"c\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" -"secundaria\",\n" -"\n" -" * \"d\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" -"secundaria\".\n" +"Aquà no entraremos en detalle en cada opción de configuración - simplemente\n" +"debe asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su\n" +"administrador del sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de\n" +"configuración, tales como la dirección IP, la pasarela predeterminada, los\n" +"servidores DNS, etc.\n" "\n" -"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n" -"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n" +"Los Winmodem son módems de gama baja, especiales e integrados, que\n" +"necesitan un software adicional para funcionar comparados a los módem\n" +"normales. En realidad, algunos de esos módem funcionan bajo Mandrake Linux,\n" +"algunos otros no. Puede consultar la lista de módem soportados en\n" +"LinModems.\n" "\n" -"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n" -"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")." +"Puede consultar el capÃtulo de \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" sobre las conexiones a\n" +"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n" +"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe allÃ\n" +"para configurar su conexión." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -515,7 +649,7 @@ msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -525,16 +659,18 @@ msgid "" " Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" -"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" @@ -567,23 +703,24 @@ msgstr "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n" -"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta lista puede\n" +"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n" "elegir el monitor que realmente posee.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Resolución\n" "\n" -" Aquà puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color entre\n" -"aquellas disponibles para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n" -"necesidades (tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la\n" -"instalación) En el monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración\n" -"elegida.\n" +" Aquà puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n" +"para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades (tenga\n" +"presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En el imagen del\n" +"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Probar\n" "\n" +" Esta entrada puede no aparecer, dependiendo de su hardware.\n" +"\n" " El sistema intentará abrir una pantalla gráfica con la resolución\n" "deseada. Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\",\n" "entonces DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el\n" @@ -604,6 +741,37 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" +"Resolución\n" +"\n" +" Aquà puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n" +"para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades (tenga\n" +"presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En el imagen del\n" +"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" +"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capÃtulo correspondiente de la\n" +"\"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" +"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allà es similar a la utilizada\n" +"durante la instalación." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" "offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" "is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" @@ -659,124 +827,12 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" -"similar applications.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" -"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" -"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' group installed.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" -"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" -"appropriate packages from that group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" -"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" -"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" -"interface available.\n" -"\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" -"working graphical desktop.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" -"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" -"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" -"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" -"megabytes.\n" -"\n" -"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" -"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" -"be installed.\n" -"\n" -"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" -"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" -"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y para\n" -"hacer más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en\n" -"grupos de aplicaciones similares.\n" -"\n" -"Los paquetes se ordenan en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular de\n" -"su máquina. Mandrake Linux tiene cuatro instalaciones predefinidas\n" -"disponibles. Puede pensar en estas clases de instalación como contenedores\n" -"para los distintos paquetes. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones\n" -"de varios grupos, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\"\n" -"puede tener instaladas aplicaciones del grupo \"Desarrollo\".\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n" -"seleccione una o más aplicaciones del grupo estación de trabajo.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si la máquina se utilizará para programación, elija los paquetes\n" -"apropiados de ese grupo.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n" -"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": aquà es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n" -"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n" -"\n" -"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n" -"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n" -"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n" -"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n" -"una instalación mÃnima:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n" -"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n" -"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n" -"un servidor.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": instalará el mÃnimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n" -"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de lÃnea\n" -"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n" -"\n" -"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n" -"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n" -"instalará.\n" -"\n" -"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n" -"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n" -"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" -"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." -msgstr "" -"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROM. DrakX sabe si\n" -"un paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD por lo que expulsará el CD\n" -"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto cuando sea necesario." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" @@ -805,8 +861,8 @@ msgid "" "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" -"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" -"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n" "GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". El usuario\n" @@ -846,173 +902,31 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, puede elegir el\n" "botón \"%s\", si es que su computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet\n" -"o Usted confÃa absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la\n" +"y Usted confÃa absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la\n" "misma." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n" -"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n" -"\"%s\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en esta\n" -"unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" para detener esta operación sin perder los datos ni\n" -"las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" -"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" -"\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" -"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" -"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" -"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" -"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" -"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default during boot. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" -"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" -"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" -"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" -"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" -"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" -"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" -"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" -"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" -"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy." -msgstr "" -"Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n" -"el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n" -"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n" -"grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n" -"\n" -"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n" -"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n" -"\n" -"Es muy probable que la gran mayorÃa de las descripciones de los paquetes\n" -"estén en inglés.\n" -"\n" -"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea porque Usted\n" -"seleccionó especÃficamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n" -"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n" -"desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux, cualquier\n" -"servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento del\n" -"arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n" -"momento en que se publicó la distribución, es posible que se descubran\n" -"vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n" -"Mandrake Linux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n" -"un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n" -"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n" -"listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n" -"!!\n" -"\n" -"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n" -"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n" -"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n" -"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n" -"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n" -"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n" -"manera satisfactoria.\n" -"\n" -"El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n" -"lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si\n" -"Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n" -"idéntica. Haga clic sobre este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete\n" -"creado con anterioridad al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo\n" -"consejo del último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" -"what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS.\n" -"\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" -"\n" -"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader." -msgstr "" -"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n" -"etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n" -"arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allÃ:\n" -"\n" -" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n" -"sector de arranque de grub/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n" -"GNU/Linux u otro sistema operativo;\n" -"\n" -" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n" -"uno nuevo;\n" -"\n" -"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n" -"el cargador de arranque." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" -"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" -"\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" -"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" -"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" -"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" -"issues.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" -"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" -"configure the driver." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" -"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n" -"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n" -"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará el controlador apropiado\n" -"automáticamente.\n" -"\n" -"Debido a que la detección de hardware a veces puede no detectar alguna\n" -"pieza de hardware, DrakX puede no detectar sus discos rÃgidos. De ser asÃ,\n" -"tendrá que especificar su hardware a mano.\n" +"Tarjeta gráfica\n" "\n" -"Si tiene que seleccionar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n" -"preguntará si desea especificar opciones para el mismo. DeberÃa permitir\n" -"que DrakX sondee el hardware buscando las opciones especÃficas necesarias\n" -"para inicializar el adaptador. La mayorÃa de las veces, DrakX pasará esta\n" -"etapa sin problema alguno.\n" +" Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n" +"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n" +"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n" "\n" -"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n" -"parámetros deben pasarse, necesitará configurar manualmente el controlador." +" En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n" +"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n" +"mejor satisface sus necesidades." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1038,10 +952,10 @@ msgid "" "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" "The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" @@ -1086,10 +1000,10 @@ msgstr "" "botones 2do y 3ro del ratón que por lo general no tienen los ratones\n" "estándar de Apple. Algunos ejemplos son los siguientes:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: esta opción se puede usar o bien para cargar los módulos\n" "iniciales, antes que esté disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n" @@ -1115,313 +1029,32 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" -"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" -"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" -"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" -"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" -"\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" -"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" -"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" -"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" -"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" -"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" -"installed anyway.\n" -"\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n" -"\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n" -"\n" -"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n" -"instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n" -"se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n" -"\n" -"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas para\n" -"instalar en su estación de trabajo, instalando asà los archivos especÃficos\n" -"para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si\n" -"albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español como idioma\n" -"principal en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n" -"\n" -"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n" -"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos eligiendo la casilla \"%s\".\n" -"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n" -"traducciones, tipografÃas, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n" -"idioma. Adicionalmente, la casilla \"%s\" permite que fuerce al sistema a\n" -"utilizar Unicode (UTF-8) Sin embargo, note que esta es una caracterÃstica\n" -"experimental. Si selecciona diferentes idiomas que necesitan codificaciones\n" -"diferentes, de cualquier manera se instalará el soporte para Unicode.\n" -"\n" -"Para cambiar de un idioma a otro, Usted puede ejecutar el comando\n" -"\"localedrake\". Si lo hace como \"root\" cambiará el idioma todo el\n" -"sistema, si lo hace como usuario no privilegiado cambiará sólo el idioma\n" -"predeterminado de ese usuario." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" -"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" -"driver." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" -"muestra aquÃ. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" -"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" -"otro controlador." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" -"changes.\n" -"\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" -msgstr "" -"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" -"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" -"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n" -"\n" -"Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n" -"agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Aquà puede elegir ajustar\n" -"las opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n" -"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n" -"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n" -"\n" -"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n" -"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n" -"entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n" -"menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" -"otros sistemas operativos!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" -"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" -msgstr "" -"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n" -"Mandrake Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos de la\n" -"misma y no se podrán recuperar!." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" -"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" -"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" -"similar to the one used during installation." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" -"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capÃtulo correspondiente de la\n" -"\"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" -"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allà es similar a la utilizada\n" -"durante la instalación." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Options\n" -"\n" -" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" -"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" -"in getting the display configured." -msgstr "" -"Opciones\n" -"\n" -" Aquà puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n" -"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n" -"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n" -"pantalla." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." -msgstr "" -"Por favor seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n" -"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." -msgstr "" -"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n" -"la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad deberÃa ser mayor\n" -"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n" -"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n" -"seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n" -"uso.\n" -"\n" -"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" -"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" -"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" -"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" -"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" -"necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" -"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" -"country list.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" -"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" -"correct.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" -"change it if necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" -"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" -"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" -"configure it manually.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" -"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" -"card.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" -"now.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" -"previous step ().\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" -"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" -"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" -"firewall settings.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" -"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" -"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" -"idea to review this setup." +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n" -"informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n" -"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n" -"está compuesta del elemento de configuración a configurar, seguido de un\n" -"pequeño resumen de la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"\"%s\" correspondiente para cambiar eso.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n" -"teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del paÃs. Si Usted no se\n" -"encuentra en este paÃs haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su\n" -"paÃs no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n" -"obtener la lista completa de paÃses.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n" -"en el paÃs que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n" -"no es correcto.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n" -"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" -"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capÃtulo correspondiente de la\n" -"\"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" -"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allà es similar a la utilizada\n" -"durante la instalación.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" -"muestra aquÃ. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" -"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" -"otro controlador.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n" -"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n" -"sobre \"%s\" para volver a configurar su interfaz gráfica.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n" -"muestra aquÃ. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n" -"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n" -"muestra aquÃ. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n" -"asociados a la misma.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n" -"Internet o a su red local.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n" -"como se ajustó en un paso previo ()\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n" -"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n" -"sección correspondiente de la \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n" -"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n" -"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto deberÃa estar reservado para usuarios\n" -"avanzados.\n" +"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n" +"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n" +"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n" +"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n" +"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n" +"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n" +"Windows.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": aquà podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n" -"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n" -"idea revisar estos ajustes." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." -msgstr "" -"En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n" -"sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n" -"satisface sus necesidades." +"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n" +"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta caracterÃstica\n" +"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n" +"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n" +"otras máquinas en su red local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1433,6 +1066,11 @@ msgid "" "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" +"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n" +"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n" +"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n" +"mouse up and down.\n" +"\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" "from the list provided.\n" "\n" @@ -1458,14 +1096,19 @@ msgstr "" "clic simultáneamente sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá\n" "automáticamente si su ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n" "\n" +"En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir el ratón\n" +"que dice \"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que\n" +"pueda simular la rueda con el mismo: para hacerlo, presione el botón del\n" +"medio y, sin soltarlo, mueva su ratón arriba y abajo.\n" +"\n" "Si, por alguna razón, desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente,\n" "selecciónelo de la lista que se proporciona.\n" "\n" "Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n" "de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n" "es correcta y que el ratón está funcionando correctamente. Si el ratón no\n" -"está funcionando bien, presione la barra espaciadora o [Intro] para\n" -"cancelar la prueba y volver a la lista de opciones.\n" +"está funcionando bien, presione la barra espaciadora o la tecla [Intro]\n" +"para cancelar la prueba y volver a la lista de opciones.\n" "\n" "Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente por lo que\n" "deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n" @@ -1480,163 +1123,285 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" -"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" -"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" -"button will take you to the next step.\n" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n" +"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" "\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre\n" -"\"%s\" si desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área\n" -"local. Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos\n" -"de red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla\n" -"\"%s\". También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en\n" -"cuyo caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n" +"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n" +"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y asÃ\n" +"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n" +"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n" +"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n" +"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n" +"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n" +"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n" +"cuenta es la que deberÃa utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n" +"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n" +"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podrÃa significar que su sistema\n" +"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n" +"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n" +"sistema.\n" "\n" -"Cuando configura su red los tipos de conexión disponibles son: módem\n" -"tradicional, módem RDSI (ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente\n" -"una simple conexión LAN (Ethernet).\n" +"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n" +"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n" +"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n" +"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n" +"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n" +"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n" +"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n" +"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n" +"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrÃan estar\n" +"en peligro.\n" "\n" -"Aquà no entraremos en detalle en cada opción de configuración - simplemente\n" -"debe asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su\n" -"administrador del sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de\n" -"configuración, tales como la dirección IP, la pasarela predeterminada, los\n" -"servidores DNS, etc.\n" +"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n" +"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n" +"que desee.\n" "\n" -"Puede consultar el capÃtulo de \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" sobre las conexiones a\n" -"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n" -"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe allÃ\n" -"para configurar su conexión." +"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n" +"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n" +"\n" +"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n" +"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n" +"computadora. Si está interesado en esta caracterÃstica (y no le importa\n" +"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n" +"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta caracterÃstica, quite la marca de la\n" +"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n" +"preferencia." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" -"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si está de\n" -"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"%s\". Si\n" -"no, simplemente apague su computadora." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Graphic Card\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Tarjeta gráfica\n" +"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" +"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" +"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n" "\n" -" Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n" -"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n" -"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n" +"Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n" +"agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Puede elegir ajustar las\n" +"opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n" +"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n" +"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n" "\n" -" En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n" -"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n" -"mejor satisface sus necesidades." +"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n" +"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n" +"entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n" +"menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" +"otros sistemas operativos!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"Este diálogo se usa para elegir los servicios que desea iniciar durante el\n" -"arranque.\n" +"Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n" "\n" -"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación corriente.\n" -"Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no siempre\n" -"son necesarios al arrancar.\n" +" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n" "\n" -"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n" -"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n" -"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n" "\n" -"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n" -"servidor: probablemente no deseará arrancar servicios que no necesita. Por\n" -"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n" -"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n" -"realmente necesita. !!" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": en la mayorÃa de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n" +"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n" +"el segundo disco rÃgido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n" +"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n" +"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI es un estándar nuevo (apareció durante el año 2002) para\n" +"administración de energÃa, notablemente para las portátiles. Si Usted sabe\n" +"que su hardware lo soporta y lo necesita, marque esta casilla.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": Si notó problemas de hardware en su máquina (conflictos de IRQ,\n" +"inestabilidad, congelamiento de la máquina, ...) deberÃa intentar\n" +"deshabilitar APIC marcando esta casilla.\n" +"\n" +"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n" +"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n" +"su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n" +"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" +"\n" +"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" +"opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" -"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n" +"will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n" -"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta lista puede\n" -"elegir el monitor que realmente posee." +"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n" +"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si está de\n" +"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"%s\". Si\n" +"no, simplemente apague su computadora." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" -"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" -"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" -"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" -"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" -"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" -"other machines on your local network as well." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n" -"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n" -"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n" -"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n" -"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n" -"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n" -"Windows.\n" -"\n" -"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n" -"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta caracterÃstica\n" -"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n" -"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n" -"otras máquinas en su red local." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1722,96 +1487,9 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" -"bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" -"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n" -"\n" -"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n" -"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si asà lo desea, por favor\n" -"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n" -"\n" -"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n" -"pre-existentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n" -"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n" -"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n" -"(tÃpicamente \"/home\")\n" -"\n" -"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n" -"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n" -"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n" -"de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las que se\n" -"buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" -"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" -"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo del idioma predeterminado que eligió en , DrakX selecciona\n" -"automáticamente un tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Sin\n" -"embargo, podrÃa no tener un teclado que se corresponde exactamente con su\n" -"idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla inglés, todavÃa\n" -"podrÃa desear que su teclado sea un teclado inglés. O si habla castellano\n" -"pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la cual su\n" -"idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este paso de\n" -"instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n" -"\n" -"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" -"de los teclados soportados.\n" -"\n" -"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n" -"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n" -"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" @@ -1876,6 +1554,286 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." +msgstr "" +"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n" +"la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad deberÃa ser mayor\n" +"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n" +"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n" +"seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n" +"uso.\n" +"\n" +"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiar\n" +"ese nivel de seguridad más adelante con la herramienta draksec del Centro\n" +"de Control de Mandrake.\n" +"\n" +"El campo \"%s\" puede informar al sistema del usuario en esta computadora\n" +"que será responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n" +"se enviarán a esa dirección." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Este diálogo se usa para elegir los servicios que desea iniciar durante el\n" +"arranque.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación corriente.\n" +"Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no siempre\n" +"son necesarios al arrancar.\n" +"\n" +"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n" +"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n" +"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n" +"\n" +"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n" +"servidor: probablemente no deseará arrancar servicios que no necesita. Por\n" +"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n" +"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n" +"realmente necesita. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n" +"\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n" +"\n" +"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n" +"instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n" +"se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n" +"\n" +"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas para\n" +"instalar en su sistema, instalando asà los archivos especÃficos para esos\n" +"idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si albergará\n" +"a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español como idioma principal\n" +"en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n" +"\n" +"Acerca del soporte UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode es una codificación nueva de\n" +"caracteres que pretende cubrir todos los idiomas existentes. Sin embargo,\n" +"el soporte completo para Unicode bajo GNU/Linux todavÃa está en desarrollo.\n" +"Por esta razón, Mandrake Linux lo usará o no dependiendo de las elecciones\n" +"del usuario:\n" +"\n" +" * Si elige un idioma con codificación legada fuerte (idiomas latin1, ruso,\n" +"japonés, chino, coreano, thai, griego, turco, la mayorÃa de los idiomas\n" +"ISO-8859-2), de manera predeterminada se usará la codificación legada.\n" +"\n" +" * Otros idiomas utilizarán Unicode de manera predeterminada.\n" +"\n" +" * Si se necesitan dos o más idiomas, y dichos idiomas no utilizan la misma\n" +"codificación, entonces el sistema completo utilizará Unicode.\n" +"\n" +" * Finalmente, también se puede forzar el uso de Unicode para todo el\n" +"sistema a pedido del usuario seleccionando la opción \"%s\" sin importar\n" +"qué idiomas han sido seleccionados.\n" +"\n" +"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n" +"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos marcando la casilla \"%s\".\n" +"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n" +"traducciones, tipografÃas, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n" +"idioma.\n" +"\n" +"Para cambiar de un idioma a otro, Usted puede ejecutar el comando\n" +"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para cambiar el idioma de todo el\n" +"sistema. Ejecutar el comando como usuario no privilegiado sólo cambiará la\n" +"configuración de idioma para ese usuario en particular." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n" +"sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n" +"satisface sus necesidades." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n" +"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n" +"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n" +"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n" +"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n" +"\n" +"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n" +"\n" +" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n" +"prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n" +"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n" +"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n" +"\n" +" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n" +"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquà puede elegir\n" +"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n" +"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n" +"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n" +"predeterminada.\n" +"\n" +" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n" +"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n" +"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n" +"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n" +"etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n" +"arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allÃ:\n" +"\n" +" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n" +"sector de arranque de grub/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n" +"GNU/Linux o cualquier otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina;\n" +"\n" +" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n" +"uno nuevo;\n" +"\n" +"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n" +"el cargador de arranque. Generalmente, el \"%s\" es el lugar más seguro. Si\n" +"no va a instalar cargador de arranque alguno seleccione \"%s\". Úselo\n" +"solamente si sabe lo que está haciendo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n" +"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n" +"elegir el monitor que realmente posee." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" @@ -1909,7 +1867,7 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" "originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" @@ -1948,10 +1906,10 @@ msgid "" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" "Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n" -"su sistema Mandrake Linux. Si las particiones ya han sido definidas, ya sea\n" -"por una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de\n" -"particionado, puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir\n" -"particiones en el disco rÃgido.\n" +"su sistema Mandrake Linux. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n" +"una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de particionado,\n" +"puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir particiones en el\n" +"disco rÃgido.\n" "\n" "Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rÃgido. Puede\n" "seleccionar el disco a particionar haciendo clic sobre \"hda\" para el\n" @@ -1967,34 +1925,35 @@ msgstr "" " * \"%s\": esta opción le permite crear particiones ext3 y swap\n" "automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rÃgido.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": le da acceso a caracterÃsticas adicionales:\n" +"\"%s\": le da acceso a caracterÃsticas adicionales:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": guarda la tabla de particiones en un disquete. Útil para\n" +" * \"%s\": guarda la tabla de particiones en un disquete. Útil para\n" "recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en caso que sea necesario.\n" "Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": esta opción le permitirá restaurar una tabla de particiones\n" +" * \"%s\": esta opción le permitirá restaurar una tabla de particiones\n" "guardada previamente en un disquete.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si su tabla de particiones está dañada puede intentar\n" +" * \"%s\": si su tabla de particiones está dañada puede intentar\n" "recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga cuidado y recuerde que\n" "puede fallar.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": descarta todos los cambios y carga su tabla de particiones\n" -"inicial.\n" +" * \"%s\": descarta todos los cambios y carga la tabla de particiones que\n" +"estaba originalmente en el disco rÃgido.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": si desmarca esta opción los usuarios estarán forzados a\n" -"montar y desmontar manualmente los soportes removibles como los disquetes y\n" -"los CD-ROM.\n" +" * \"%s\": si desmarca esta opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y\n" +"desmontar manualmente los soportes removibles como los disquetes y los\n" +"CD-ROM.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para particionar\n" "su disco rÃgido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen conocimiento del\n" "particionado.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": use esta opción para cancelar sus cambios.\n" +" * \"%s\": use esta opción para deshacer sus cambios.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": permite realizar acciones adicionales sobre las particiones\n" -"(tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información.\n" +"(tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información acerca del disco\n" +"rÃgido.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rÃgido, esto\n" "guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n" @@ -2007,12 +1966,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n" "\n" -" * [Ctrl][C] para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n" +" * [Ctrl] [C] para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n" "partición vacÃa);\n" "\n" -" * [Ctrl][D] para borrar una partición;\n" +" * [Ctrl] [D] para borrar una partición;\n" "\n" -" * [Ctrl][M] para configurar el punto de montaje.\n" +" * [Ctrl] [M] para configurar el punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n" "disponibles, por favor lea el capÃtulo acerca de ext2FS del \"Manual de\n" @@ -2024,3 +1983,131 @@ msgstr "" "50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n" "alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia." +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n" +"informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n" +"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n" +"está compuesta del elemento de configuración a configurar, seguido de un\n" +"pequeño resumen de la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"\"%s\" correspondiente para cambiar eso.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n" +"teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del paÃs. Si Usted no se\n" +"encuentra en este paÃs haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su\n" +"paÃs no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n" +"obtener la lista completa de paÃses.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n" +"en el paÃs que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n" +"no es correcto.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n" +"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n" +"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capÃtulo correspondiente de la\n" +"\"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n" +"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allà es similar a la utilizada\n" +"durante la instalación.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquÃ. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n" +"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n" +"otro controlador.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n" +"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n" +"sobre \"%s\" para volver a configurar su interfaz gráfica.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquÃ. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n" +"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n" +"muestra aquÃ. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n" +"asociados a la misma.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n" +"Internet o a su red local.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n" +"como se ajustó en un paso previo ()\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n" +"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n" +"sección correspondiente de la \"GuÃa de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n" +"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n" +"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto deberÃa estar reservado para usuarios\n" +"avanzados.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": aquà podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n" +"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n" +"idea revisar estos ajustes." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot index 7b7474dbe..618737854 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot @@ -5,6 +5,92 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n" +"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" +"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" +"choisir une autre." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n" +"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n" +"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers l'arbre, vous\n" +"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n" +"individuels.\n" +"\n" +"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n" +"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n" +"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n" +"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le temps\n" +"requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n" +"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n" +"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n" +"déjeuner.\n" +"\n" +"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n" +"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n" +"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n" +"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il est possible\n" +"que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs installés au-delà\n" +"de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi sert un\n" +"serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En\n" +"cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service rendu\n" +"disponible au démarrage. !!\n" +"\n" +"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n" +"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Ces avertissements\n" +"surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n" +"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n" +"\n" +"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n" +"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n" +"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n" +"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n" +"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" @@ -32,13 +118,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" -"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" -"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" -"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" -"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" -"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" -"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" -"Windows on the same computer.\n" +"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" +"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" +"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n" +"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n" +"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n" +"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n" +"the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" @@ -62,14 +148,13 @@ msgid "" "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" -"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''." +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" "Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n" "installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n" "autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n" -"Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser précisément afin de créer un\n" -"espace pour votre installation.\n" +"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n" +"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n" "\n" "Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n" "disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n" @@ -83,21 +168,21 @@ msgstr "" " * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n" "l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existants\n" -"sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il\n" -"vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune\n" -"des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut,\n" -"et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n" +" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existant sur\n" +"votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous\n" +"sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune des\n" +"partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut, et\n" +"vous devriez généralement les garder.\n" "\n" " * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n" -"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation Linux.\n" -"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque »)\n" -"ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition FAT Windows. Le\n" -"redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n" -"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows, et qu'elle\n" -"utilise le format FAT. Une sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non\n" -"plus. Cette solution est recommandée pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows\n" -"sur le même ordinateur.\n" +"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n" +"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n" +"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n" +"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n" +"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n" +"sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n" +"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows sur\n" +"le même ordinateur.\n" "\n" " Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n" "procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n" @@ -130,167 +215,153 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Resolution\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" -"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" -"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"Résolution\n" +"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n" +"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Enfin, selon les\n" +"composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à son\n" +"fonctionnement.\n" "\n" -" Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n" -"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n" -"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n" -"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n" -"le moniteur stylisé." +"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n" +"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n" +"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n" +"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n" +"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n" +"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n" +"généralement.\n" +"\n" +"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n" +"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" -"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" -"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" -"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" -"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" -"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" -"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" -"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" -"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" -"\n" -"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" -"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" -"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" -"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" -"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" -"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" -"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" -"ones at risk.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" -"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" -"you have finished adding users.\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" -"that user (bash by default).\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" -"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" -"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." -msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux est un système multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n" -"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n" -"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n" -"démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n" -"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n" -"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/ administrateur\n" -"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n" -"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n" -"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n" -"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n" -"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n" -"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n" -"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n" -"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n" -"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n" -"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n" -"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n" -"vos fichiers en péril.\n" -"\n" -"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n" -"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n" -"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n" -"« %s ».\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n" -"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" -"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n" -"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n" -"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n" -"locale n'est pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n" -"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n" -"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" -"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" -"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" -"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" -"parameters.\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" -"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information.\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" -"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" -"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" -"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n" +"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n" +"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n" +"par coeur.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"Les paquetages sont regroupés en groupes chacun correspondant à une usage\n" +"particulier de l'ordinateur. Mandrake Linux range ces groupes en quatre\n" +"catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger des groupes de plusieurs catégories de\n" +"sorte qu'une station de travail peut toujours proposer des applications\n" +"pour le « %s ».\n" "\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +" * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n" +"ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" "\n" -" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" -"Firmware Delay expires." -msgstr "" -"Yaboot est un chargeur de démarrage pour les équipements NewWorld\n" -"MacIntosh. Il est capable de démarrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n" -"s'ils sont présents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n" -"systèmes d'exploitation sont correctement détectés et installés. Si ce\n" -"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entrée à la main.\n" -"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons paramètres.\n" +" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n" +"choisissez les groupes désirés.\n" "\n" -"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n" +" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n" +"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" "\n" -" * Message Init : un message texte apparaît l'invite de démarrage ;\n" +" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n" +"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n" +"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" "\n" -" * Périphérique de démarrage (« Boot ») : indique où vous voulez placer\n" -"l'information nécessaire pour démarrer GNU/Linux. Généralement, il est\n" -"préférable de créer une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n" -"contenir cette information ;\n" +"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" +"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous désélectionnez tous\n" +"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n" +"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n" +"installation minimale :\n" "\n" -" * Délai Open Firmware : contrairement à LILO, deux délais sont disponibles\n" -"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et à cette étape, vous pouvez\n" -"choisir entre le CD, l'amorçage OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n" +" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" +"environnement de travail graphique ;\n" "\n" -" * Expiration du démarrage du noyau (« Kernel Boot Timeout » : cette\n" -"expiration de temps est similaire au délai de démarrage de LILO. Après\n" -"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un délai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n" -"par défaut soit choisi ;\n" +" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n" +"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n" +"monter un serveur ;\n" "\n" -" * Activer le démarrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n" -"choisir l'option « C » pour démarrer avec un CD lors de la première invite\n" -"de démarrage ;\n" +" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n" +"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n" +"près 65 Mo.\n" "\n" -" * Activer le démarrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n" -"sélectionner la touche « N » pour activer Open Firmware lors de la première\n" -"invite de démarrage ;\n" +"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n" +"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n" +"contrôle total de votre installation.\n" "\n" -" * OS par défaut : vous pouvez choisir le système d'exploitation qui\n" -"démarrera par défaut lorsque le délai de temps attribué à Open Firmware\n" -"expire." +"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n" +"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n" +"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n" +"défectueux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." +msgstr "" +"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n" +"sur plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n" +"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n" +"CD-ROM approprié." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -319,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre disque dur.\n" "\n" "DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n" -"réaliser. Deux types d'installations sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n" +"réaliser. Deux types d'installation sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n" "qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au minimum ou « %s » qui\n" "vous permet de sélectionner individuellement chacune des composantes à\n" "installer. Il vous est également proposé de faire une « %s » ou une « %s »\n" @@ -332,15 +403,100 @@ msgstr "" " * « %s » : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre à jour seulement\n" "les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux. Elle conserve\n" "les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des utilisateurs. La\n" -"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles ;\n" +"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles.\n" "\n" -"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n" +"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes Mandrake\n" "Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à jour sur\n" "les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n" +"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n" +"\n" +"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n" +"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors également les\n" +"sélectionner.\n" +"\n" +"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" +"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n" +"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n" +"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n" +"\n" +"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n" +"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « %s » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquer sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n" +"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Options\n" +"\n" +" Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" +"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n" +"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n" +"l'écran correctement." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" +"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n" +"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n" +"Windows.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez « %s » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" @@ -349,9 +505,9 @@ msgid "" "install updated packages later.\n" "\n" "Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" -"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." msgstr "" "Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n" "que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n" @@ -364,128 +520,99 @@ msgstr "" "En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n" "peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n" "Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n" -"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télé-charger et installer les mises à jour\n" +"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises à jour\n" "sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n" +"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" -"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" -"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" -"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" -"default.\n" -"\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" -"are normally reserved for the expert user." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"Ce dialogue permet de contrôler finement le chargeur de démarrage :\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » vous propose trois choix :\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n" +"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n" +"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n" +"effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n" +"configuration dans la liste.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n" +"Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n" +"exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n" +"Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre\n" +"clavier anglais pour les tâches d'administration système et votre clavier\n" +"français pour écrire de la poésie. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de\n" +"sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n" "\n" -" * « %s »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n" -"par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n" -"être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n" -"« %s ».\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n" -"l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n" -"\n" -"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n" -"(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n" -"démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n" -"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" +"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n" "\n" -"En cliquant sur « %s », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n" -"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n" -"matière." +"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n" +"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant\n" +"d'alterner entre ceux-ci." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" -"\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" -"\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" -"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." msgstr "" -"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n" -"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n" -"de Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n" -"\"Capacité\".\n" -"\n" -"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n" -"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" -"\n" -"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n" -"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n" -"\n" -"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n" -"disques IDE :\n" -"\n" -" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n" -"\n" -" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" -"IDE\";\n" +"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n" +"sur « %s ». L'auto-détection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n" +"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « %s ». Vous pouvez\n" +"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n" +"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n" +"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, Winmodem,\n" +"modem ISDN, connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau\n" +"Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n" +"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n" +"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n" +"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n" "\n" -"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n" -"suite.\n" +"Les Winmodems sont des modems de bas de gamme généralement intégrés à la\n" +"carte mère de l'ordinateur qui ont besoin d'un logiciel additionnel pour\n" +"fonctionner par rapport aux modems standards. Certains de ces modems\n" +"fonctionnent avec Mandrake Linux, d'autres non. Vous pouvez consulter la\n" +"liste des modems pris en charge chez LinModems.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n" -"disque ou partition \"C:\")" +"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n" +"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n" +"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n" +"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -510,7 +637,7 @@ msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -520,16 +647,18 @@ msgid "" " Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" -"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" @@ -546,16 +675,16 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n" "etc.) présents sur Mandrake Linux dépendent de X.\n" "\n" -"Il vous sera présenté la liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n" +"Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n" "un affichage optimal : Carte graphique\n" "\n" " Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" "cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" "pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n" "\n" -" Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n" -"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n" -"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n" +" Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n" +"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n" +"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -570,28 +699,30 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Résolution\n" "\n" -" Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n" +" Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n" "disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n" "votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n" "l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n" -"le moniteur stylisé.\n" +"le dessin du moniteur.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Selon votre matériel cette option peut ne pas apparaître.\n" +"\n" " le système va ici essayer d'ouvrir un écran graphique à la résolution\n" "choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n" "« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n" "de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n" -"terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n" +"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n" "jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" +" Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" "lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n" "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n" "l'écran correctement." @@ -599,6 +730,37 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" +"Résolution\n" +"\n" +" Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n" +"disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n" +"votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n" +"l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n" +"le dessin du moniteur." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n" +"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n" +"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n" +"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" "offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" "is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" @@ -625,25 +787,25 @@ msgid "" "Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" "Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n" -"OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n" +"OSs en offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n" "\n" " * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n" "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n" "branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n" "l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n" "d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n" -"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n" -"êtes à une première expérience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n" -"système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre de contrôle Mandrake\n" -"en cliquant sur « %s ».\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux tant pour\n" -"imprimante local que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n" -"il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n" -"« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n" -"bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n" -"démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple\n" -"pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n" +"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez\n" +"drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml pdq si vous débutez sous Linux. Vous pourrez\n" +"toujours changer de système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre\n" +"de contrôle Mandrake en cliquant sur « %s ».\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n" +"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n" +"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système\n" +"d'impression « lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les\n" +"configurations de bases sont aussi simples que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur\n" +"lpq, lancez le démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Enfin, cups offre une interface\n" +"simple pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n" "\n" "Vous pourrez changer ultérieurement de système d'impression en lançant\n" "PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mandrake." @@ -651,123 +813,12 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" -"similar applications.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" -"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" -"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' group installed.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" -"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" -"appropriate packages from that group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" -"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" -"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" -"interface available.\n" -"\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" -"working graphical desktop.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" -"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" -"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" -"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" -"megabytes.\n" -"\n" -"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" -"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" -"be installed.\n" -"\n" -"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" -"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n" -"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n" -"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n" -"par coeur.\n" -"\n" -"Les paquetages sont regroupés selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n" -"groupes sont divisés en quatre sections principales :\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un ou\n" -"plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n" -"choisissez les groupes désirés.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: finalement, si votre système doit agir en tant que serveur, vous\n" -"pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n" -"graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n" -"au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" -"\n" -"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" -"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous dé-sélectionnez\n" -"tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une\n" -"mise à jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n" -"installation minimale :\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" -"environnement de travail graphique ;\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : installe le système de base plus certains utilitaires de base\n" -"et leur documentation. Cette installation est utilisable comme base pour\n" -"monter un serveur ;\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n" -"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prends à\n" -"peu près 65 MO.\n" -"\n" -"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser\n" -"si vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir\n" -"le contrôle total de votre installation.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n" -"« dé-sélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n" -"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n" -"défectueux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" -"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n" -"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n" -"des paquetages. Il éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n" -"d'insérer le CDROM approprié, selon le cas." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" @@ -796,8 +847,8 @@ msgid "" "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" -"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" -"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" "Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n" "système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n" @@ -825,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr "" "En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n" "serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre réseau utilise un\n" "de ces protocoles, il faut le sélectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idée,\n" -"demandez à votre administrateur de réseau.\n" +"demandez à votre administrateur réseau.\n" "\n" "Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n" "d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n" @@ -841,165 +892,6 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n" -"les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n" -"pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n" -"Windows.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquez « %s » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" -"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" -"\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" -"\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" -"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" -"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" -"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" -"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" -"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default during boot. !!\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" -"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" -"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" -"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" -"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" -"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" -"\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" -"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" -"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" -"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" -"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy." -msgstr "" -"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les\n" -"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les\n" -"paquetages, classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n" -"l'arbre, vous pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n" -"paquetages individuels.\n" -"\n" -"Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n" -"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n" -"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n" -"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le temps\n" -"requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n" -"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n" -"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n" -"déjeuner.\n" -"\n" -"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n" -"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n" -"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n" -"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécuritaire, il est\n" -"possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectes les serveurs installés\n" -"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi\n" -"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur\n" -"« %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service\n" -"rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n" -"\n" -"L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n" -"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquet. Ces avertissements\n" -"surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n" -"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n" -"\n" -"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n" -"récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n" -"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n" -"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n" -"dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" -"what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS.\n" -"\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" -"\n" -"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader." -msgstr "" -"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n" -"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" -"démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n" -"lire :\n" -"\n" -" * Si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n" -"grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n" -"système d'exploitation.\n" -"\n" -" * si grub ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n" -"\n" -"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" -"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" -"\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" -"\n" -"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" -"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" -"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" -"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" -"issues.\n" -"\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" -"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" -"configure the driver." -msgstr "" -"DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n" -"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Finalement, selon\n" -"les composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à\n" -"son fonctionnement.\n" -"\n" -"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n" -"dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n" -"cas, vous devrez alors configurer votre matériel à la main.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous devez configurer votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous\n" -"demandera si vous souhaitez spécifier à la main les options du\n" -"périphérique. Laissez en fait DrakX chercher automatiquement les options\n" -"nécessaires à la configuration de votre carte, cela fonctionne\n" -"généralement.\n" -"\n" -"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de vérifier les options\n" -"nécessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les déterminer manuellement." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" "alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" @@ -1021,10 +913,10 @@ msgid "" "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" "The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" @@ -1068,10 +960,12 @@ msgstr "" "matériel vidéo ou pour permettre l'émulation de la souris clavier, vu que\n" "les souris Apple n'ont souvent qu'un bouton. Voici quelques exemples :\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" \n" "\n" " * Initrd : cette option peut être utilisée pour charger des modules\n" "initiaux avant que le périphérique de démarrage ne soit disponible, ou pour\n" @@ -1100,305 +994,55 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" -"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" -"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" -"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" -"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" -"\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" -"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" -"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" -"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" -"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" -"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" -"installed anyway.\n" -"\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n" -"\n" -"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué à la documentation, l'installation et\n" -"le système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où vous vous situez,\n" -"puis la langue que vous parlez.\n" -"\n" -"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n" -"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre station de travail. En\n" -"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n" -"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n" -"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" -"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n" -"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n" -"\n" -"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n" -"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n" -"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n" -"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc. La case « %s »\n" -"force le système à utiliser l'encodage unicode (UTF-8). Mais c'est une\n" -"fonctionnalité expérimentale. Toutefois, si vous sélectionnez des langages\n" -"qui nécessitent des encodages incompatibles, le support unicode sera\n" -"installé de toutes façons.\n" -"\n" -"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n" -"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n" -"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n" -"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" -"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" -"driver." -msgstr "" -"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n" -"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" -"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" -"choisir une autre." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" -"\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" -"changes.\n" -"\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" -msgstr "" -"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n" -"options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n" -"\n" -"Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n" -"automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n" -"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée;\n" -"Choisissez une entrée, cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n" -"l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n" -"\n" -"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n" -"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n" -"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" -"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n" -"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n" -"détruite." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" -"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" -"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" -"similar to the one used during installation." -msgstr "" -"« %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n" -"démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n" -"plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n" -"celle rencontrée lors de l'installation." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Options\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" -"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" -"in getting the display configured." -msgstr "" -"Options\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -" Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n" -"lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n" -"en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n" -"l'écran correctement." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n" -"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"Carte graphique\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." -msgstr "" -"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n" -"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n" -"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n" -"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n" -"l'information contenu dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n" -"plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n" +" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" +"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" +"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n" "\n" -"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut." +" Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n" +"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n" +"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" -"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" -"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" -"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" -"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" -"necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" -"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" -"country list.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" -"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" -"correct.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" -"change it if necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" -"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" -"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" -"configure it manually.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" -"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" -"card.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" -"now.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" -"previous step ().\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" -"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" -"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" -"firewall settings.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" -"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" -"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" -"idea to review this setup." +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"On vous présente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n" -"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n" -"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n" -"cours résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n" -"correspondant pour changer cela.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n" -"pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n" -"se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n" -"liste complète.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n" -"dans lequel vous êtes.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n" -"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n" -"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n" -"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n" -"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n" -"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" -"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" -"choisir une autre.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n" -"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n" -"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n" -"graphique.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n" -"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n" -"détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" -"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n" -"local dès maintenant.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s »: il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n" -"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n" -"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n" -"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n" -"pour plus de renseignements.\n" -"\n" -" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n" -"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n" +"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n" +"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n" +"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n" +"l'horloge matérielle soit la même que celle du système. Cela est\n" +"particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n" +"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n" -"sur votre machine. si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n" -"idée de vérifier cette configuration." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n" -"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n" -"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux." +"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n" +"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n" +"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n" +"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n" +"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n" +"être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau local." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1410,6 +1054,11 @@ msgid "" "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" +"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n" +"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n" +"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n" +"mouse up and down.\n" +"\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" "from the list provided.\n" "\n" @@ -1443,7 +1092,7 @@ msgstr "" "[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n" "souris.\n" "\n" -"Les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées parfois. Vous devrez alors\n" +"Parfois, les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées. Vous devrez alors\n" "sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n" "celle qui correspond à votre modèle et au bon port de connexion. Après\n" "avoir pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris apparaît. Vous devez\n" @@ -1453,158 +1102,279 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" -"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" -"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" -"button will take you to the next step.\n" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n" +"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" "\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n" -"sur « %s ». L'auto-détection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n" -"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « %s ». Vous pouvez\n" -"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n" -"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n" +"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n" +"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n" +"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n" +"démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n" +"utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n" +"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n" +"devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n" +"utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n" +"quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n" +"situation peut également engendrer des situations désastreuses si un\n" +"fichier est détruit par inadvertance. Un utilisateur normal n'ayant pas\n" +"accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer de dommages majeurs.\n" "\n" -"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, modem ISDN,\n" -"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau Ethernet).\n" +"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n" +"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot inséré et le\n" +"transposera comme « %s ». C'est le nom qui sera utilisé pour se connecter\n" +"au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un mot de\n" +"passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de « root »,\n" +"mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout, ceci mettrait\n" +"vos fichiers en péril.\n" "\n" -"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n" -"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n" -"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n" +"Après avoir cliqué sur « %s », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n" +"utilisateurs. Créez un utilisateur différent pour chaque personne devant\n" +"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur défini, cliquez sur\n" +"« %s ».\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n" -"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n" -"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n" -"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée." +"En cliquant sur « %s », vous pourrez sélectionner un « shell » différent\n" +"pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigné par défaut).\n" +"\n" +"Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n" +"proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n" +"démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n" +"locale ne soit pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n" +"gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n" +"intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n" -"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n" -"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n" -"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, éteignez simplement votre ordinateur." +"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n" +"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n" +"de Mandrake Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n" +"\"Capacité\".\n" +"\n" +"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n" +"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n" +"\n" +"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n" +"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n" +"\n" +"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n" +"disques IDE :\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n" +"IDE\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n" +"\n" +"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n" +"suite.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n" +"disque ou partition \"C:\")" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Graphic Card\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Carte graphique\n" +"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n" +"options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n" "\n" -" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" -"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" -"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n" +"Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n" +"automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n" +"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée ;\n" +"Choisissez une entrée et cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n" +"l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n" "\n" -" Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n" -"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n" -"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux." +"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n" +"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n" +"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n" -"votre système.\n" +"Ce dialogue permet de contrôler finement le chargeur de démarrage :\n" "\n" -"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n" -"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n" -"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n" +" * « %s » vous propose trois choix :\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n" -"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n" -"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n" +" * « %s » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n" "\n" -"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n" -"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n" -"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!" +" * « %s » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n" +"par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n" +"être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n" +"« %s ».\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n" +"l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s »: l'ACPI est un nouveau standard (apparu courant 2002) pour la\n" +"gestion d'énergie, surtout pour les portables. Si vous savez que votre\n" +"matériel est compatible ACPI cochez cette case.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s »: Si vous avez remarqué auparavant des problèmes matériels sur\n" +"votre machine (conflits IRQ, instabilités, blocages machine, ...) vous\n" +"pouvez essayer de désactiver l'APIC en cochant cette case.\n" +"\n" +"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n" +"(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n" +"démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n" +"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur « %s », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n" +"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n" +"matière." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" -"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"Moniteur\n" -"\n" -" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" -"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" -"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n" -"effectivement." +"Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n" +"GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n" +"détruite." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" -"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" -"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" -"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" -"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" -"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" -"other machines on your local network as well." +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n" +"will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n" -"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n" -"possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n" -"l'horloge matérielle soit la même que celle du système. Cela est\n" -"particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n" -"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" -"\n" -"La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n" -"serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n" -"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n" -"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n" -"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n" -"être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau local." +"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n" +"les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n" +"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n" +"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » pour\n" +"redémarrer votre ordinateur." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1682,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" "country list." msgstr "" -"« %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n" +"« %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n" "pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n" "se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n" "liste complète." @@ -1690,92 +1460,9 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" -"bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n" -"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n" -"\n" -"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n" -"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner\n" -"également.\n" -"\n" -"Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" -"existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n" -"d'exploitation (comme « / », « /usr » ou « /var », mais il n'est pas\n" -"nécessaire de formater les partitions de données, notamment « /home »...\n" -"\n" -"Soyez prudent. Une fois que les partitions sélectionnées seront\n" -"reformatées, il sera impossible de récupérer des données.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquez sur « %s » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquer sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n" -"vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" -"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" -"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." -msgstr "" -"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n" -"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez\n" -"un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre langue d'utilisation.\n" -"Par exemple, si vous habitez le Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais,\n" -"vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour les tâches\n" -"d'administration système et votre clavier français pour écrire de la\n" -"poésie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette étape d'installation\n" -"et sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n" -"\n" -"Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n" -"\n" -"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n" -"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de clés permettant\n" -"d'alterner entre ceux-ci." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" @@ -1806,8 +1493,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n" "système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour redémarrer votre\n" -"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de démarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n" -"est présent).\n" +"système. N'oubliez pas de retirer la source d'installation(CD-ROM ou\n" +"disquette). La première chose que vous verrez alors après que l'ordinateur\n" +"ait fait ses propres tests matériels est le menu de démarrage, permettant\n" +"de démarrer tous les systèmes présents sur votre machine.\n" "\n" "Le bouton « %s » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres options :\n" "\n" @@ -1825,12 +1514,12 @@ msgstr "" "disque au complet.\n" "\n" " Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n" -"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Web.\n" +"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n" "\n" -" * « %s » (*) sauve la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque\n" -"vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le lecteur et\n" -"accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [f1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n" -"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n" +" * « %s » (*) sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis,\n" +"lorsque vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le\n" +"lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], et entrez la commande\n" +"suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n" "\n" "(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n" "Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)" @@ -1838,6 +1527,285 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." +msgstr "" +"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n" +"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n" +"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n" +"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n" +"l'information contenue dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n" +"plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n" +"\n" +"Le champ « %s » sert à indiquer l'utilisateur sur le système qui sera\n" +"responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront adressés." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n" +"\n" +"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué à la documentation, l'installation et\n" +"le système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où vous vous situez,\n" +"puis la langue que vous parlez.\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n" +"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre station de travail. En\n" +"choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n" +"la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n" +"langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" +"d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n" +"dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n" +"\n" +"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode est un nouveau système\n" +"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langages existants.\n" +"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n" +"raison, Mandrake Linux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n" +"\n" +" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n" +"(langages associés à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n" +"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langages « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n" +"historique sera utilisé;\n" +"\n" +" * Les autres langages entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n" +"\n" +" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n" +"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n" +"système;\n" +"\n" +" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n" +"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n" +"\n" +"Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n" +"pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n" +"« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n" +"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc.\n" +"\n" +"Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n" +"« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n" +"utilisée dans tout le système ; connectez-vous en simple utilisateur pour\n" +"ne changer que la langue de cet utilisateur." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n" +"votre système.\n" +"\n" +"Ici sont présentés tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n" +"place. Faites une bonne vérification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n" +"absolument nécessaire au démarrage du système.\n" +"\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n" +"sélectionnant spécifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas sûr de\n" +"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par défaut.\n" +"\n" +"!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n" +"destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n" +"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n" +"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n" +"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot est un chargeur de démarrage pour les équipements NewWorld\n" +"MacIntosh. Il est capable de démarrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n" +"s'ils sont présents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n" +"systèmes d'exploitation sont correctement détectés et installés. Si ce\n" +"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entrée à la main.\n" +"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons paramètres.\n" +"\n" +"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n" +"\n" +" * Message Init : un message texte apparaît l'invite de démarrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * Périphérique de démarrage (« Boot ») : indique où vous voulez placer\n" +"l'information nécessaire pour démarrer GNU/Linux. Généralement, il est\n" +"préférable de créer une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n" +"contenir cette information ;\n" +"\n" +" * Délai Open Firmware : contrairement à LILO, deux délais sont disponibles\n" +"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et à cette étape, vous pouvez\n" +"choisir entre le CD, l'amorçage OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n" +"\n" +" * Expiration du démarrage du noyau (« Kernel Boot Timeout » : cette\n" +"expiration de temps est similaire au délai de démarrage de LILO. Après\n" +"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un délai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n" +"par défaut soit choisi ;\n" +"\n" +" * Activer le démarrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n" +"choisir l'option « C » pour démarrer avec un CD lors de la première invite\n" +"de démarrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * Activer le démarrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n" +"sélectionner la touche « N » pour activer Open Firmware lors de la première\n" +"invite de démarrage ;\n" +"\n" +" * OS par défaut : vous pouvez choisir le système d'exploitation qui\n" +"démarrera par défaut lorsque le délai de temps attribué à Open Firmware\n" +"expire." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n" +"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" +"démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n" +"lire :\n" +"\n" +" * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n" +"grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n" +"système d'exploitation installé sur votre machine.\n" +"\n" +" * si grub ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n" +"\n" +"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options. En général, le « %s »\n" +"est l'endroit le plus sûr. Si vous choisissez « %s », aucun chargeur de\n" +"démarrage ne sera installé. À vos risques et périls." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Moniteur\n" +"\n" +" Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n" +"moniteurs connectés à votre unité centrale. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n" +"pouvez choisir dans cette liste le moniteur que vous utilisez\n" +"effectivement." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" "installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" "defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" @@ -1871,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" "originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" @@ -1920,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n" "SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n" "\n" -"Pour partitionner, le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n" +"Pour partitionner le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n" "options suivantes :\n" "\n" " * « %s »: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n" @@ -1929,14 +1897,14 @@ msgstr "" " * « %s »: cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n" "« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n" "\n" -"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités additionnelles :\n" +"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n" "\n" -" * « %s »: sauve la table de partition sur un disque amovibles. Cette\n" +" * « %s »: sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n" "option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n" "endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n" "\n" -" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvée au préalable\n" -"sur une disquette.\n" +" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n" +"préalable sur une disquette.\n" "\n" " * « %s »: si votre table de partition est endommagée, vous pouvez essayer\n" "de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n" @@ -1945,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" " * « %s »: écarte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n" "\n" " * « %s »: en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n" -"support) seront chargés automatiquement.\n" +"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n" "\n" " * « %s »: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n" "pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n" @@ -1953,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " * « %s »: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n" "\n" -" * « %s »: permet des actions additionnelles sur les partitions (type,\n" +" * « %s »: permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n" "options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n" "\n" " * « %s »: une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra de\n" @@ -1984,3 +1952,126 @@ msgstr "" "grande, disons 50Mo, vous trouverez utile d'y placer des noyaux et des\n" "images « ramdisk » accessibles en cas de problème." +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"On vous présente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n" +"Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n" +"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n" +"cours résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n" +"correspondant pour changer cela.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n" +"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n" +"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n" +"liste complète.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n" +"dans lequel vous vous trouvez.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n" +"sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n" +"sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n" +"pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n" +"à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n" +"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n" +"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n" +"choisir une autre.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n" +"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n" +"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n" +"graphique.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n" +"elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n" +"détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" +"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n" +"local dès maintenant.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n" +"tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n" +"Internet, c'est une bonne idée de le protéger des intrusions grâce à un\n" +"pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n" +"pour plus de renseignements.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n" +"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n" +"\n" +" * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n" +"sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n" +"idée de vérifier cette configuration." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot index f42bb469b..7ca13736a 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot @@ -5,6 +5,90 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." +msgstr "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" @@ -32,13 +116,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" -"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" -"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" -"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" -"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" -"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" -"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" -"Windows on the same computer.\n" +"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" +"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" +"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n" +"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n" +"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n" +"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n" +"the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" @@ -62,172 +146,213 @@ msgid "" "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" -"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''." +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." msgstr "" -"A questo punto dovete scegliere dove installare il vostro sistema operativo\n" -"Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" -"sistema operativo esistente sta usando tutto lo spazio disponibile, allora\n" -"dovrete partizionarlo. In breve, partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel\n" -"suddividerlo logicamente in maniera da creare lo spazio sufficiente per\n" -"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili e\n" -"possono causare la perdita di dati se sul disco rigido è già installato un\n" -"sistema operativo, questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante\n" -"per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a vostra disposizione un\n" -"assistente che semplifica questo passo. Prima di cominciare leggete\n" -"attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose con calma.\n" -"\n" -"In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno disponibili\n" -"diverse opzioni:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento automatico del vostro\n" -"disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta\n" -"nessun'altra domanda.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux sul vostro\n" -"disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete questa opzione. Vi verrà \n" -"chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna partizione.\n" -"Come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di mount precedenti e,\n" -"in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n" -"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati\n" -"relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete cancellare la vostra partizione\n" -"Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene (ricorrendo all'opzione ''Cancella\n" -"l'intero disco''), oppure ridimensionarla se è di tipo FAT. Il\n" -"ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la perdita di dati a patto\n" -"che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia stata deframmentata. Vi\n" -"raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri dati. Questa è la\n" -"soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake Linux sia Microsoft\n" -"Windows sullo stesso computer.\n" -"\n" -" Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che la dimensione\n" -"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n" -"quella attuale. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare\n" -"i vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n" -"presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n" -"Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione. Fate attenzione nello\n" -"scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non potrete più tornare\n" -"indietro.\n" -"\n" -" !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" -"persi. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare tutto quello che\n" -"si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le partizioni su un\n" -"disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco andranno persi.\n" -"\n" -" !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" -"persi. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n" -"scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per questa\n" -"soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa, potreste facilmente causare la\n" -"perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso\n" -"che abbiate già fatto qualcosa di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa\n" -"esperienza. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il funzionamento di\n" -"DiskDrake, consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle partizioni'' della\n" -"''Guida introduttiva''." +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" +"(see ''Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" +"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n" +"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n" +"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n" +"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ''Gestione delle partizioni'' section in the ''Guida\n" +"introduttiva''." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Resolution\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" -"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" -"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"Risoluzione\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" "\n" -" Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n" -"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n" -"adattano ai vostri bisogni (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche dopo\n" -"l'installazione, comunque). All'interno del monitor è visibile un'anteprima\n" -"della configurazione selezionata." +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" -"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" -"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" -"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" -"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" -"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" -"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" -"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" -"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." +msgstr "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" -"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" -"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" -"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" -"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" -"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" -"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" -"ones at risk.\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" -"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" -"you have finished adding users.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" -"that user (bash by default).\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" -"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" -"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n" -"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n" -"i propri file, e così via; consultate la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne\n" -"di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n" -"gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n" -"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete crearne\n" -"almeno uno per voi stessi, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n" -"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n" -"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n" -"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n" -"commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potreste\n" -"perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" -"obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n" -"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà \n" -"alla voce \"%s\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per accedere al\n" -"sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per questo utente.\n" -"La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista della\n" -"sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non c'è\n" -"motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"''Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"''Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -"Se cliccate su \"%s\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e altri ancora, a\n" -"vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei vostri amici,\n" -"oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo aver aggiunto\n" -"tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"%s\".\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" -"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -"Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n" -"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n" -"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi\n" -"interessa (e non tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete\n" -"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su\n" -"\"%s\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, rimuovete il segno di spunta dalla\n" -"casella \"%s\"." +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -252,178 +377,232 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" -"Questo passo viene attivato soltanto se sulla vostra macchina è presente\n" -"una vecchia partizione GNU/Linux.\n" -"\n" -"A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n" -"in modalità standard (\"%s\") o se preferite avere un maggior controllo su\n" -"di essa (\"%s\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare una nuova\n" -"installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda di come è\n" -"strutturato il sistema preesistente, tuttavia, è possibile mantenere\n" -"inalterate alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n" -"semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema Mandrake\n" -"Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come pure le\n" -"configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti. La maggior parte degli\n" -"altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano disponibili, come per una\n" -"installazione da zero.\n" -"\n" -"L'opzione \"%s\" non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi Mandrake\n" -"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\". L'aggiornamento di sistemi Mandrake\n" -"Linux in versioni precedenti la \"8.1\" non è consigliato." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" -"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" -"install updated packages later.\n" +"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" -"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." -msgstr "" -"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrake Linux, alcuni\n" -"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale. Potrebbe\n" -"trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi relativi alla\n" -"sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi aggiornamenti vi verrà \n" -"proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei pacchetti usando Internet.\n" -"Scegliete \"%s\" se disponete di una connessione a Internet funzionante,\n" -"oppure \"%s\" se preferite installare i pacchetti aggiornati in un secondo\n" -"momento.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" -"scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n" -"questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n" -"lista e cliccate su \"%s\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o su\n" -"\"%s\" per annullare l'operazione." +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ''Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" -"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" -"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" -"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" -"default.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" -"are normally reserved for the expert user." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" -"Grazie a questa finestra di dialogo potrete impostare con precisione i\n" -"parametri del bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se preferite grub (menu in modo testo);\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione con menu in modo testo.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia grafica;\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà necessario cambiare le\n" -"impostazioni predefinite (\"%s\"), ma, se lo preferite, il bootloader può\n" -"essere installato sul secondo disco rigido (\"%s\"), o persino su un floppy\n" -"(\"%s\").\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": è il tempo lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da\n" -"quella predefinita nel menu del bootloader.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n" -"installare un bootloader (scegliendo \"%s\"), dovete essere sicuri di poter\n" -"avviare il vostro sistema Mandrake Linux in qualche modo! Accertatevi di\n" -"sapere quello che fate prima di modificare qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" di questa finestra avrete la possibilità di\n" -"scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti esperti." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n" +"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" -"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione Microsoft\n" -"Windows. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n" -"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -"Le partizioni sono elencate come segue: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n" -"\"Capacità \".\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Québec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n" +"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -"Il \"nome Linux\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" -"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" -"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" -"i dischi IDE:\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\",\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +msgstr "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" significa \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI più\n" -"basso\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI immediatamente successivo ad a\",\n" -"etc.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera che corrisponde al vostro disco rigido\n" -"sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")." +"You can consult the ''Guida introduttiva'' chapter about Internet\n" +"connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your\n" +"system is installed and use the program described there to configure your\n" +"connection." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -448,7 +627,7 @@ msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -458,16 +637,18 @@ msgid "" " Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" -"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" @@ -480,61 +661,89 @@ msgid "" "\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" -"X (abbreviazione per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n" -"grafica di GNU/Linux, sulla quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n" -"inclusi in Mandrake Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" "\n" -"Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n" -"un display grafico ottimale: Scheda Grafica\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" Il programma di installazione normalmente è perfettamente in grado di\n" -"identificare e configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul\n" -"vostro computer. In caso contrario, potete scegliere in questa lista la\n" -"scheda di cui disponete.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -" Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o\n" -"senza accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio\n" -"si adatta ai vostri bisogni.\n" +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Monitor\n" "\n" -" Il programma di installazione provvede anche a identificare e\n" -"configurare automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così\n" -"non fosse, anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di\n" -"monitor in vostro possesso.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -"Risoluzione\n" +"Resolution\n" "\n" -" Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n" -"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n" -"adattano ai vostri bisogni (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche dopo\n" -"l'installazione, comunque). All'interno del monitor è visibile un'anteprima\n" -"della configurazione selezionata.\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" -" Il sistema tenterà di aprire uno schermo grafico alla risoluzione\n" -"specificata. Se potete vedere il messaggio durante il test e rispondete\n" -"\"%s\", allora DrakX passerà alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il\n" -"messaggio, significa che la configurazione ottenuta con l'identificazione\n" -"automatica non è corretta in qualche punto: il test terminerà \n" -"automaticamente dopo 12 secondi, e vi riporterà al menu. Cambiate le\n" -"impostazioni finché non otterrete un display grafico corretto.\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" +" the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" +"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" +"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" +"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Options\n" "\n" -" Qui potete scegliere di avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n" -"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n" -"cui la vostra macchina svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete\n" -"riuscite a configurare il server grafico." +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" +"Resolution\n" +"\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for\n" +"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n" +"there is similar to the one used during installation." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -564,145 +773,30 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" "Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" -"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con questo computer.\n" -"Anche altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve\n" -"ne offre ben tre.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n" -"coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n" -"stampante e volete essere in grado di risolvere rapidamente eventuali\n" -"problemi di inceppamento della carta, e inoltre non disponete di altre\n" -"stampanti connesse via rete. Può infatti gestire solo configurazioni di\n" -"rete molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in\n" -"rete. Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima volta con GNU/Linux.\n" -"Potrete sempre cambiare la scelta dopo aver terminato l'installazione\n" -"lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul\n" -"pulsante Esperto.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa unificato\n" -"per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare sulla\n" -"vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere effettuata\n" -"sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire come server\n" -"o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". E' infatti compatibile\n" -"con i sistemi precedenti. Questo sistema ha molte frecce al suo arco, ma\n" -"nonostante ciò la configurazione di base è quasi altrettanto semplice di\n" -"quella per \"pdq\". Se avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" dovete\n" -"attivare il demone \"cups-lpd\". Dispone poi di interfaccia grafica per la\n" -"stampa e per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante.\n" -"\n" -"Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n" -"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa scegliendo PrinterDrake nel Mandrake\n" -"Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante per il modo esperto." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" -"similar applications.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" -"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" -"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' group installed.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" -"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" -"appropriate packages from that group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" -"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" -"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" -"interface available.\n" -"\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" -"working graphical desktop.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" -"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" -"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" -"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" -"megabytes.\n" -"\n" -"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" -"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" -"be installed.\n" -"\n" -"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" -"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n" -"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di programmi disponibili per Mandrake\n" -"Linux, e nessuno si aspetta che li conosciate tutti a memoria.\n" -"\n" -"I pacchetti sono organizzati in gruppi corrispondenti a usi particolari\n" -"della vostra macchina. I gruppi sono a loro volta divisi in quattro\n" -"sezioni:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la vostra\n" -"macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software scegliete\n" -"i gruppi appropriati.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere i\n" -"servizi più comuni da installare.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico preferito. Indicatene\n" -"almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation grafica!\n" -"\n" -"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n" -"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n" -"un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n" -"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n" -"relative a un'installazione ''minima'':\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n" -"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di base e la relativa\n" -"documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se si vuole\n" -"configurare un server;\n" +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n" -"un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n" -"comando.\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ''print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\". Questa è utilissima se\n" -"conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n" -"avere il totale controllo di ciò che verrà installato.\n" +" * \"%s\" - '' Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" "\n" -"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete\n" -"deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti, in\n" -"questo modo effettuerete soltanto il ripristino o l'aggiornamento del\n" -"sistema esistente." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" -"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." -msgstr "" -"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. DrakX sa se uno\n" -"dei pacchetti selezionati si trova su un altro CD-ROM, pertanto provvederà ,\n" -"quando necessario, a espellere il CD attualmente inserito nel lettore e a\n" -"chiedervi di inserire quello corretto." +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -712,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" @@ -741,530 +835,192 @@ msgid "" "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" -"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" -"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" -"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n" -"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n" -"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n" -"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n" -"del sistema, etc. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è il\n" -"motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n" -"indovinare: DrakX vi dirà se è troppo facile. Potete anche scegliere di non\n" -"digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi consigliamo caldamente di farlo, almeno\n" -"per un motivo: non pensate che, avviando il sistema con GNU/Linux, gli\n" -"altri sistemi operativi che convivono con esso sulla stessa macchina siano\n" -"al sicuro da errori; al contrario: \"root\" può scavalcare ogni limitazione\n" -"e (magari involontariamente) cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle\n" -"partizioni accedendo in maniera impropria a queste ultime! Quindi è molto\n" -"importante che sia difficile per gli utenti normali diventare \"root\".\n" -"\n" -"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n" -"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n" -"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n" -"\n" -"Prestate attenzione, tuttavia, a non scegliere una password troppo lunga o\n" -"complicata, perché dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" -"sforzo.\n" -"\n" -"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate: per ridurre il rischio\n" -"di un errore di battitura è necessario che venga inserita due volte. Se per\n" -"caso però commettete lo stesso errore due volte, questa password\n" -"\"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima volta che vi\n" -"connetterete al sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n" -"autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n" -"\n" -"Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP, NIS o PDC per\n" -"l'autenticazione, selezionate il pulsante appropriato per effettuare\n" -"l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n" -"rete.\n" -"\n" -"Se l'obbligo di ricordarvi una password vi infastidisce, potete ricorrere\n" -"all'opzione \"%s\": sceglietela se il vostro computer non sarà collegato a\n" -"Internet e se avete piena fiducia nelle persone che lo useranno." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" -"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n" -"dati presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver\n" -"cliccato su \"%s\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati\n" -"presenti sul disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"Cliccate su \"%s\" per annullare questa operazione senza che venga perso\n" -"nulla dei dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" -"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"''incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" -"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" -"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" -"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" -"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" -"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default during boot. !!\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" -"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" -"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" -"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" -"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" -"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" -"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" -"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" -"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" -"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" -"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy." -msgstr "" -"Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potete\n" -"vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n" -"gruppi e sotto-gruppi. Mentre sfogliate questa lista gerarchica potete\n" -"selezionare interi gruppi, sotto-gruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n" -"\n" -"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero, ne compare una\n" -"descrizione sulla destra. Una volta terminata la scelta, cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante \"%s\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" -"propria. Il tempo necessario varia in base al numero di pacchetti che\n" -"devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" -"potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n" -"l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n" -"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffè.\n" -"\n" -"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n" -"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà \n" -"chiesta conferma riguardo una sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n" -"predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono avviati\n" -"automaticamente al momento del boot. Anche se si tratta di servizi sicuri\n" -"al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n" -"potrebbe accadere che successivamente vengano scoperte delle falle di\n" -"sicurezza. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione di uno di\n" -"questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\". Cliccando su \"%s\" i\n" -"servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n" -"automatica. !!\n" -"\n" -"L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che\n" -"compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n" -"automaticamente uno o più pacchetti. Il programma determina infatti in modo\n" -"automatico quali altri pacchetti sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto\n" -"(''dipendenze'') perché quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" -"\n" -"Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n" -"lista di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente installazione. Cliccando\n" -"su questa icona vi verrà chiesto di inserire un floppy che avrete creato\n" -"alla fine di un'altra installazione. Consultate le informazioni che\n" -"riguardano l'ultimo passo del processo di installazione per sapere come\n" -"creare questo dischetto." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" -"what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" -"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' per GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" -"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" -"genere, è del tutto automatica. DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" -"del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n" -"\n" -" * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di grub o\n" -"LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un altro OS;\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n" -"nuovo.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"Se DrakX incontra problemi nel decidere dove scrivere il settore di boot,\n" -"vi chiederà di fare una scelta." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" -"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" "\n" -"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" -"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" -"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" -"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" -"issues.\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" -"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" -"configure the driver." -msgstr "" -"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n" -"dispositivi IDE presenti sul vostro computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n" -"se sul vostro sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n" -"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà \n" -"automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n" -"\n" -"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico non è un'operazione a prova d'errore,\n" -"DrakX potrebbe non riuscire a individuare i vostri dischi rigidi. In tal\n" -"caso dovrete inserire manualmente i dati relativi al vostro hardware.\n" -"\n" -"Nel caso siate costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in\n" -"vostro possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare il valore di\n" -"alcuni parametri da usare con essa. Vi consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di\n" -"esaminare l'hardware per stabilire quali parametri specifici per la\n" -"particolare scheda dovranno essere impostati all'inizializzazione; questo\n" -"metodo in genere permette di ottenere buoni risultati.\n" -"\n" -"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono i parametri da passare alla\n" -"scheda, dovrete specificarle manualmente." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" -"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" -"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" -"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" -"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" -"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" -"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" -"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" -"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" -"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" -"installed anyway.\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite.\n" -"\n" -"La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto verrà utilizzata per il resto\n" -"dell'installazione e sarà la lingua del sistema e della documentazione. Per\n" -"prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete, poi la lingua che\n" -"parlate.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n" -"sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione\n" -"dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di\n" -"esse. Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone\n" -"di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua\n" -"principale nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"%s\", selezionare\n" -"anche \"%s\".\n" -"\n" -"È interessante notare che non dovete necessariamente limitarvi a un'unica\n" -"lingua supplementare: potete installare i file per più lingue, e persino\n" -"installarle tutte grazie all'opzione \"%s\". L'opzione \"%s\", inoltre,\n" -"obbliga il sistema a utilizzare il sistema Unicode (UTF-8). Si noti,\n" -"tuttavia, che questa è ancora una caratteristica sperimentale. In ogni\n" -"caso, se selezionate lingue che richiedono tipi differenti di codifica, il\n" -"supporto per Unicode verrà comunque installato.\n" -"\n" -"Per passare da una lingua all'altra potete utilizzare il comando\n" -"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\": come \"root\" per cambiare la lingua utilizzata\n" -"in tutto il sistema, o come utente normale per cambiare solamente la lingua\n" -"usata da quell'utente." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" -"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" -"driver." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà \n" -"mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata qui non è quella\n" -"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n" -"scegliere il driver appropriato." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" -"changes.\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" "\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n" -"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n" -"sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Se sulla vostra macchina è installato un altro sistema operativo, verrà \n" -"automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Qui potete scegliere una\n" -"configurazione più precisa delle opzioni disponibili: cliccate su una delle\n" -"voci e poi su \"%s\" per modificarla o rimuoverla; \"%s\" crea una nuova\n" -"voce; cliccando su \"%s\" passerete alla fase successiva.\n" -"\n" -"Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" -"chiunque potrebbe riavviare la macchina. Se questo è il caso, potete\n" -"cancellare le voci corrispondenti ai sistemi operativi che desiderate\n" -"rimuovere dal menu del bootloader, ma così facendo, per caricarli, avrete\n" -"bisogno di un boot disk!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" -"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" -msgstr "" -"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n" -"nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n" -"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" -"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" -"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" -"similar to the one used during installation." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" verrà lanciato l'assistente di\n" -"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n" -"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n" -"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n" -"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Options\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" -"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" -"in getting the display configured." -msgstr "" -"Options\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" Qui potete scegliere di avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n" -"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n" -"cui la vostra macchina svolga le funzioni di server, oppure se non siete\n" -"riuscite a configurare il server grafico." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." -msgstr "" -"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n" -"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." -msgstr "" -"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" -"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina è esposta a\n" -"Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto\n" -"dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un\n" -"livello di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della\n" -"facilità d'uso.\n" -"\n" -"Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" -"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" -"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" -"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" -"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" -"necessary.\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" -"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" -"country list.\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." +msgstr "" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" -"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" -"correct.\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" -"change it if necessary.\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" -"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" -"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ''/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" -"configure it manually.\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" -"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" -"card.\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" -"now.\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" -"previous step ().\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" -"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" -"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" -"firewall settings.\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" -"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ''live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" -"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" -"idea to review this setup." -msgstr "" -"A questo punto DrakX vi mostrerà un riassunto di varie informazioni che ha\n" -"raccolto riguardo il vostro sistema. In base all'hardware installato,\n" -"potrebbero essere visualizzate solo alcune o tutte le voci che descriveremo\n" -"tra poco. Ogni entrata consiste dell'elemento che può essere configurato,\n" -"con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale. Cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante \"%s\" corrispondente per cambiarla.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n" -"se necessario.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non\n" -"corrisponde a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate\n" -"quella corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà \n" -"mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": il fuso orario è dedotto dalla lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche\n" -"in questo caso, come per la tastiera, potreste non trovarvi nella nazione\n" -"cui corrisponde la lingua che avete scelto; in tal caso sarà potete\n" -"cliccare su \"%s\" per configurare il fuso orario in base a quello\n" -"dell'area geografica in cui vivete.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n" -"pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" verrà lanciato l'assistente di\n" -"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n" -"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n" -"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n" -"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n" -"verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata qui non è quella\n" -"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n" -"scegliere il driver appropriato.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura la vostra interfaccia\n" -"grafica impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa\n" -"scelta non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra\n" -"interfaccia grafica.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà \n" -"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n" -"cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda ISDN, verrà \n" -"mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarne i\n" -"parametri.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": nel caso desideriate configurare adesso l'accesso a Internet o a\n" -"una rete locale.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di ridefinire il livello di sicurezza\n" -"configurato nel passo precedente ().\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n" -"una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n" -"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della ''Guida introduttiva'' per\n" -"saperne di più riguardo la configurazione di un firewall.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": cliccate sul pulsante relativo per cambiare la configurazione\n" -"del bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata dagli utenti più\n" -"esperti.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi verranno\n" -"eseguiti sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare questa macchina come\n" -"server è senz'altro una buona idea controllare le impostazioni dei servizi." +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ''novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ''*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o senza\n" -"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n" -"adatta ai vostri bisogni." +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1276,6 +1032,11 @@ msgid "" "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" +"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n" +"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n" +"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n" +"mouse up and down.\n" +"\n" "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" "from the list provided.\n" "\n" @@ -1294,194 +1055,309 @@ msgid "" "buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" "mouse." msgstr "" -"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n" -"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro è un mouse a due\n" -"tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" -"riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n" -"\n" -"Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n" -"dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n" -"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" -"rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" -"non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" -"per uscire dal test e tornare alla lista dei mouse.\n" -"\n" -"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n" -"automaticamente. In tal caso, dovrete selezionarli personalmente usando la\n" -"lista. Assicuratevi di indicare correttamente la porta alla quale il mouse\n" -"è collegato. Premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un\n" -"mouse. Fate scorrere la rotellina per attivarla correttamente, quindi\n" -"provate i pulsanti e spostate il mouse in modo da accertarvi che tutto sia\n" -"a posto." +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ''pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" +"\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the list provided.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" +"\n" +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" -"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" -"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" -"button will take you to the next step.\n" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" "\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"A questo punto potete configurare la vostra connessione di rete. Se\n" -"desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n" -"cliccate su \"%s\". Mandrake Linux cercherà di individuare automaticamente\n" -"dispositivi di rete e modem (accendete eventuali periferiche esterne prima\n" -"di continuare). Se questa ricerca fallisce, levate il segno di spunta dalla\n" -"casella \"%s\". Potete anche decidere di non configurare la rete, o di\n" -"farlo in seguito, nel qual caso cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" passerete\n" -"alla fase successiva.\n" -"\n" -"Le connessioni disponibili sono: modem tradizionale, modem ISDN,\n" -"connessione ADSL, cable modem, e infine una semplice connessione a una LAN\n" -"(Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n" -"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n" -"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi Internet o dal vostro\n" -"amministratore di sistema.\n" -"\n" -"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n" -"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n" -"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" -"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" -"configurare la connessione." +"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n" +"utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n" +"i propri file, e così via; consultate la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne\n" +"di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n" +"gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n" +"nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete crearne\n" +"almeno uno per voi stessi, da utilizzare per l'uso quotidiano: per quanto\n" +"molto comodo, entrare nel sistema come \"root\" tutti i giorni potrebbe\n" +"essere molto pericoloso! Anche un banale errore potrebbe significare un\n" +"sistema non più in grado di funzionare correttamente. Se, invece,\n" +"commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di utente normale, potreste\n" +"perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non compromettere l'intero sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" +"obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n" +"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà \n" +"alla voce \"%s\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per accedere al\n" +"sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per questo utente.\n" +"La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista della\n" +"sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non c'è\n" +"motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" +"\n" +"Se cliccate su \"%s\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e altri ancora, a\n" +"vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei vostri amici,\n" +"oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo aver aggiunto\n" +"tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"%s\".\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" +"quell'utente (quella predefinita è bash).\n" +"\n" +"Quando avrete finito di aggiungere utenti al sistema, vi verrà proposto di\n" +"sceglierne uno per effettuare un login automatico ogni volta che il\n" +"computer ha terminato la fase di boot. Se questa caratteristica vi\n" +"interessa (e non tenete particolarmente alla sicurezza locale), scegliete\n" +"l'utente desiderato e l'ambiente grafico che preferite, poi cliccate su\n" +"\"%s\". Se la cosa non vi interessa, rimuovete il segno di spunta dalla\n" +"casella \"%s\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n" -"riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux. Se siete d'accordo con\n" -"tutti i termini della licenza cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\". In caso\n" -"contrario, semplicemente spegnere il computer per interrompere\n" -"l'installazione." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Graphic Card\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"Scheda Grafica\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" Il programma di installazione normalmente è perfettamente in grado di\n" -"identificare e configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul\n" -"vostro computer. In caso contrario, potete scegliere in questa lista la\n" -"scheda di cui disponete.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" Se per la vostra scheda è disponibile più di un server grafico, con o\n" -"senza accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio\n" -"si adatta ai vostri bisogni." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"A questo punto potete scegliere i servizi da lanciare automaticamente\n" -"all'avvio del sistema.\n" -"\n" -"DrakX elencherà tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n" -"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n" -"necessari all'avvio.\n" -"\n" -"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" -"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" -"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" -"\n" -"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n" -"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n" -"server: probabilmente non volete che siano abilitati servizi di cui non\n" -"avete bisogno. Ricordate che numerosi servizi sono potenzialmente\n" -"pericolosi se attivi su un server. Come regola generale, selezionate\n" -"soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" -"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n" +"will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" Il programma di installazione provvede anche a identificare e\n" -"configurare automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così\n" -"non fosse, anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di\n" -"monitor in vostro possesso." +"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n" +"riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux. Se siete d'accordo con\n" +"tutti i termini della licenza cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\". In caso\n" +"contrario, semplicemente spegnere il computer per interrompere\n" +"l'installazione." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" -"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" -"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" -"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" -"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" -"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" -"other machines on your local network as well." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n" -"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" -"possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n" -"casella \"%s\", in modo che l'orologio hardware coincida con quello di\n" -"sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel caso sulla macchina sia\n" -"installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio Windows.\n" -"\n" -"L'opzione \"%s\" provvederà a gestire l'ora grazie alla connessione via\n" -"Internet con un server di orario remoto. Scegliete un server vicino a voi\n" -"nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perché questa opzione funzioni,\n" -"naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a Internet funzionante.\n" -"Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del tempo che potrà essere\n" -"usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla vostra rete locale." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1558,104 +1434,17 @@ msgid "" "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" "country list." msgstr "" -"\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n" -"a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n" -"corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà mostrata,\n" -"cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" -"bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"Qualsiasi partizione appena definita deve essere formattata prima di poter\n" -"essere usata (formattare significa creare un filesystem).\n" -"\n" -"Potreste anche voler riformattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n" -"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n" -"partizioni che intendete formattare.\n" -"\n" -"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" -"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n" -"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n" -"potete evitare di riformattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n" -"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n" -"tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti a formattare le partizioni.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate scegliere altre partizioni sulle quali\n" -"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate che le partizioni selezionate vengano\n" -"controllate per accertare la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" -"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" -"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" -"\n" -"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" -"\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente DrakX provvederà a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" -"corretta in base alla lingua che avete scelto. Tuttavia, potreste avere una\n" -"tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete un\n" -"francese che parla italiano, ad esempio, potreste comunque preferire una\n" -"tastiera francese. Oppure, se parlate italiano ma vivete nel Québec,\n" -"potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione. In entrambi i casi, questo passo\n" -"dell'installazione vi permette di selezionare una tastiera appropriata\n" -"dalla lista.\n" -"\n" -"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per vedere una lista completa delle tastiere\n" -"supportate.\n" -"\n" -"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n" -"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n" -"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n" -"latina a quella non latina e viceversa." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" @@ -1684,17 +1473,17 @@ msgid "" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" -"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n" -"riavviare il sistema. La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il computer\n" -"avrà terminato di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del\n" -"bootloader, che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da avviare.\n" +"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro GNU/Linux è pronto per\n" +"essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per riavviare il\n" +"sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di installazione (CD-ROM o\n" +"floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il computer avrà terminato\n" +"di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del ''bootloader'', che vi\n" +"permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da avviare.\n" "\n" -"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri due\n" -"pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" compariranno altri due pulsanti:\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": per creare un floppy di installazione che permette di eseguire\n" -"automaticamente un' installazione completa, del tutto simile a quella che\n" +"automaticamente un'installazione completa, del tutto simile a quella che\n" "avete appena finito di configurare, senza che sia necessario l'intervento\n" "di un operatore.\n" "\n" @@ -1706,20 +1495,292 @@ msgstr "" "interattiva.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il disco\n" -"rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene andranno\n" +"rigido viene sovrascritto per intero, tutti i dati che contiene andranno\n" "persi.\n" "\n" " Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" "su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" -"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" +"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web per ulteriori\n" +"informazioni.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n" +"l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione, potrete\n" +"inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la\n" +"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n" +"crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." +msgstr "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaï, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" (*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata in precedenza.\n" -"Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione, potrete inserire il\n" -"dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la schermata di\n" -"aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" "\n" -"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" -"crearne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Monitor\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1757,7 +1818,7 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" "originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" @@ -1795,81 +1856,199 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n" -"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n" -"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n" -"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n" -"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n" -"partizioni del disco rigido.\n" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ''hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"''hdb'' for the second, ''sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" +"\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" "\n" -"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n" -"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su \"hda\" per\n" -"il primo disco IDE, \"hdb\" per il secondo, \"sda\" per il primo disco\n" -"SCSI, e così via.\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"''bootstrap'' partition of at least 1Mb which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50Mb, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra queste opzioni:\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n" -"selezionato.\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": questa opzione vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni\n" -"ext3 e di swap nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" "\n" -"\"%s\": permette di accedere ad ulteriori funzionalità :\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su un floppy. Utile per\n" -"recuperarla in un secondo momento, se necessario. Vi raccomandiamo\n" -"caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": permette di ripristinare una tabella delle partizioni\n" -"precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": se la vostra tabella delle partizioni è danneggiata potete\n" -"provare a recuperarla grazie a questa opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e\n" -"ricordate che potrebbe non avere successo.\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": annulla tutte le modifiche e ricarica la tabella delle\n" -"partizioni originaria.\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli utenti saranno costretti a\n" -"montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei dispositivi rimovibili,\n" -"come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento del disco\n" -"con l'aiuto di un assistente. Altamente raccomandata se non avete una buona\n" -"conoscenza del partizionamento.\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate verranno annullate.\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle partizioni (scelta\n" -"del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n" -"questa opzione, le vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -"Quando state specificando le dimensioni di una partizione, potete\n" -"utilizzare i tasti freccia della tastiera per impostare con precisione i\n" -"valori desiderati.\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida\n" +"introduttiva'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n" +"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" "\n" -"Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n" -"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" "\n" -"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato una\n" -"partizione vuota);\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" "\n" -"Per ottenere informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n" -"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" "\n" -"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n" -"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" -"bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n" -"sui 50 Mb, essa potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito in cui conservare\n" -"un kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n" -"emergenza." +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot index 060387c99..66c60ed54 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot @@ -5,6 +5,149 @@ msgstr "" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" +"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" +"driver." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." +msgstr "" +"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" +"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" +"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" +"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" +"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" +"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" +"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" +"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default during boot. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" +"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" +"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" +"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" +"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" +"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" +"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" +"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" +"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" +"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" +"create such a floppy." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" +"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n" +"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n" +"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n" +"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n" +"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n" +"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n" +"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n" +"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n" +"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n" +"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n" +"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n" +"a good idea to keep them.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n" +"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" +"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n" +"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n" +"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n" +"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n" +"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n" +"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n" +"the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n" +"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n" +"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n" +"choice after you confirm.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n" +"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n" +"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n" +"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" +"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" +"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" +"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''." +msgstr "" "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n" "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n" @@ -34,11 +177,10 @@ msgid "" "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n" "Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n" "(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n" -"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n" -"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n" -"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n" -"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n" -"Windows on the same computer.\n" +"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n" +"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n" +"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n" +"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" "\n" " Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" @@ -62,231 +204,155 @@ msgid "" "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n" "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n" "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n" -"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n" -"Guide''." -msgstr "" -"îÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÛÁÇÅ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ÒÅÛÉÔØ, ËÕÄÁ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÕÀ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ Mandrake Linux ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛ ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÐÕÓÔ\n" -"ÉÌÉ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÁÑ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÎÁ ÎÅÍ ÚÁÎÉÍÁÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÅ\n" -"ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ÄÉÓË ÐÅÒÅÒÁÚÂÉÔØ (partition). òÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ ÄÉÓËÁ\n" -"× ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÏÍ ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ × ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÌÏÇÉÞÅÓËÉ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔØ ÎÁ ÎÅÍ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏÅ\n" -"ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ Mandrake Linux.\n" -"\n" -"ðÏÓËÏÌØËÕ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ ÄÉÓËÁ ÜÔÏ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÔÉÍÙÊ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ É ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÉ×ÅÓÔÉ\n" -"Ë ÐÏÔÅÒÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ, ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁ ÄÉÓËÅ ÕÖÅ ÅÓÔØ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÁÑ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ,\n" -"ÔÏ ÄÌÑ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÅÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÜÔÏ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÎÁÐÒÑÖÅÎÎÙÊ É ÐÕÇÁÀÝÉÊ\n" -"ÍÏÍÅÎÔ. ë ÓÞÁÓÔØÀ, × DrakX ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ÍÁÓÔÅÒ, ÕÐÒÏÝÁÀÝÉÊ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ.\n" -"ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÐÒÏËÏÎÓÕÌØÔÉÒÕÊÔÅÓØ Ó ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÏÍ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÎÁÞÁÌÏÍ É ÎÅ\n" -"ÔÏÒÏÐÉÔÅÓØ.\n" -"\n" -"÷ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ, ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ\n" -"ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ ÐÕÓÔÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ(Ï×).\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÔÏ ÄÁÌÅÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÏ× ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ;\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÍÁÓÔÅÒ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÌ ÎÁÌÉÞÉÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× Linux ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ\n" -"ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÉÈ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ. ÷ÁÓ\n" -"ÐÏÐÒÏÓÑÔ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ÔÏÞËÉ ÍÏÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÄÌÑ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ\n" -"×ÙÂÉÒÁÀÔÓÑ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÙÅ ÔÏÞËÉ ÍÏÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ É ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÏÏÂÝÅ ÉÈ ÎÅ ÍÅÎÑÔØ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ É ÚÁÎÉÍÁÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏÅ\n" -"ÍÅÓÔÏ Microsoft Windows, ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ ÄÌÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ\n" -"Linux. þÔÏÂÙ ÜÔÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ×ÁÛ Microsoft Windows ÒÁÚÄÅÌ É\n" -"ÄÁÎÎÙÅ (ÓÍ. ÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ `` ïÞÉÓÔÉÔØ ×ÅÓØ ÄÉÓË'') ÉÌÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ\n" -"FAT Microsoft Windows. éÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÁ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÏ×ÏÄÉÔØÓÑ ÂÅÚ ÐÏÔÅÒÉ\n" -"ÄÁÎÎÙÈ, ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÅÄ×ÁÒÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÏ×ÅÌÉ ÄÅÆÒÁÇÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ\n" -"Windows É ÔÁÍ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÆÏÒÍÁÔ FAT. òÅÚÅÒ×ÎÏÅ ËÏÐÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ×ÁÛÉÈ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ\n" -"ÎÁÓÔÏÊÞÉ×Ï ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ. . òÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù\n" -"ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ Mandrake Linux É Microsoft Windows ÎÁ ÏÄÎÏÍ\n" -"ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ.\n" -"\n" -" ðÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÏÓÏÚÎÁÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ Microsoft Windows ÓÔÁÎÅÔ ÍÅÎØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÂÙÌ. õ ×ÁÓ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÍÅÎØÛÅ\n" -"Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÍÅÓÔÁ ÐÏÄ Microsoft Windows ÄÌÑ ÈÒÁÎÅÎÉÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ É ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ\n" -"ÎÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ;\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ ×ÓÅÈ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÈ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ É ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÉÈ ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÏÊ Mandrake Linux.\n" -"âÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ × ÜÔÏÍ ÒÅÛÅÎÉÉ, ÐÏÔÏÍÕ ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÐÏÄÔ×ÅÒÖÄÅÎÉÑ ×Ù ÎÅ\n" -"ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÅÒÎÕÔØ ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏ ×ÓÅ ËÁË ÂÙÌÏ;\n" -"\n" -" !! åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ\n" -"ÕÔÅÒÑÎÙ. !!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ×ÓÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÎÁ ÄÉÓËÅ É\n" -"ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÄÉÓËÁ ÎÁ ÐÕÓÔÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ. ÷ÓÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ\n" -"ÄÉÓËÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÔÅÒÑÎÁ.\n" -"\n" -" !! åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÅÒÅÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÄÉÓËÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÏÔÅÒÑÎÙ.\n" -"!!\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÒÁÚÂÉÔØ ×ÁÛ ÄÉÓË ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ.\n" -"âÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ, ÜÔÏ ÍÏÝÎÁÑ É ÏÄÎÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÏ ÏÐÁÓÎÁÑ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ. ÷Ù\n" -"ÚÁÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÔÅÒÑÔØ ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ. ðÏÜÔÏÍÕ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÜÔÏÊ ÏÐÃÉÉ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ\n" -"ÔÏÌØËÏ × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÄÅÌÁÌÉ ÞÔÏ ÌÉÂÏ ÐÏÄÏÂÎÏÅ ÒÁÎØÛÅ É ÉÍÅÅÔÅ\n" -"ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÐÙÔ. þÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ, ËÁË ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÔÉÌÉÔÕ DiskDrake,\n" -"ÏÂÒÁÔÉÔÅÓØ Ë ÒÁÚÄÅÌÕ ``õÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ ÄÉÓËÁ '' ËÎÉÇÉ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ\n" +"refer to the ``õÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ ÄÉÓËÁ'' section in the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ\n" "ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ''." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Resolution\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" -"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" -"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor." +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." msgstr "" -"òÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ\n" +"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" +"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" +"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"\n" +"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" +"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" +"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" +"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" +"issues.\n" "\n" -" úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ É ÇÌÕÂÉÎÕ Ã×ÅÔÁ ÉÚ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏ\n" -"ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÉÔ (×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ\n" -"ÜÔÏ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ). ðÒÉÍÅÒ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÊ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ\n" -"ÎÁ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒÅ." +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" +"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" +"configure the driver." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" -"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" -"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" -"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" -"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" -"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" -"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" -"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" -"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" -"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" -"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" -"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" -"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" -"\n" -"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" -"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" -"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" -"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" -"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n" -"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" -"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" -"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" -"ones at risk.\n" -"\n" -"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" -"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" -"you have finished adding users.\n" -"\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" -"that user (bash by default).\n" -"\n" -"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n" -"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" -"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" -"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" -"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux ÜÔÏ ÍÎÏÇÏÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÓËÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ, É ÜÔÏ ÚÎÁÞÉÔ, ÞÔÏ ËÁÖÄÙÊ\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÍÅÔØ Ó×ÏÉ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÅ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÔÅÎÉÑ, ÆÁÊÌÙ É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ.\n" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ\n" -"ÂÏÌØÛÅ. ÷ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÉ ÏÔ \"root\", ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒÏÍ,\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ×Ù ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔÅ ÚÄÅÓØ, ÎÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÉÍÅÔØ ÐÏÌÎÏÍÏÞÉÊ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØ\n" -"ÞÔÏ ÌÉÂÏ, ËÒÏÍÅ Ó×ÏÉÈ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ× É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅË. ÷ÁÍ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ\n" -"ÈÏÔÑ ÂÙ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÄÌÑ ÓÅÂÑ. üÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÁËËÁÕÎÔ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ\n" -"×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÌÑ ÅÖÅÄÎÅ×ÎÏÊ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ. èÏÔØ ÜÔÏ É ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÁËÔÉÞÎÏ\n" -"ÚÁÈÏÄÉÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÅÖÅÄÎÅ×ÎÏ ËÁË \"root\", ÜÔÏ ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÏÞÅÎØ\n" -"ÏÐÁÓÎÏ! óÁÍÁÑ ÍÅÌËÁÑ ÏÛÉÂËÁ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÔÁË, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÛÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÂÏÌØÛÅ\n" -"ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÓÅÒØÅÚÎÕÀ ÏÛÉÂËÕ ËÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÔÅÒÑÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ, ÎÏ ÎÅ ×ÓÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ.\n" -"\n" -"÷ ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÏÌÅ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ××ÅÓÔÉ ×ÁÛÅ ÒÅÁÌØÎÏÅ ÉÍÑ. üÔÏ, ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÎÅ\n" -"ÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ -, ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ÒÅÁÌØÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ××ÅÓÔÉ ×ÓÅ ÞÔÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ. DrakX\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ ÓÌÏ×Ï, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ×Ù ××ÅÌÉ × ÐÏÌÅ É ÐÏÄÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÅÇÏ ËÁË\n" -"\"%s\". üÔÏ ÉÍÑ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÄÌÑ ×ÈÏÄÁ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ. ÷Ù\n" -"ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÅÇÏ. úÁÔÅÍ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ. ó ÔÏÞËÉ ÚÒÅÎÉÑ\n" -"ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ ÎÅ-ÐÒÉ×ÉÌÅÇÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÇÏ (ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ) ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÎÅ ÔÁË\n" -"ËÒÉÔÉÞÅÎ, ËÁË ÐÁÒÏÌØ \"root\", ÎÏ ÎÅÔ ÐÒÉÞÉÎ ÐÒÅÎÅÂÒÅÇÁÔØ ÉÍ: × ËÏÎÃÅ\n" -"ËÏÎÃÏ×, ×Ù ÒÉÓËÕÅÔÅ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÆÁÊÌÁÍÉ.\n" -"\n" -"ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍÅÔÅ \"%s\", ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ ÅÝÅ ÓËÏÌØËÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ. óÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÄÌÑ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÉÚ Ó×ÏÉÈ ÄÒÕÚÅÊ, ÄÌÑ ÏÔÃÁ\n" -"ÉÌÉ ÓÅÓÔÒÙ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ. ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÚÁËÏÎÞÉÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ\n" -"\"%s\".\n" -"\n" -"îÁÖÁÔÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ \"%s\" ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ \"shell\" ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÄÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ (ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÜÔÏ bash).\n" -"\n" -"ðÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×ÓÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÙ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ, ÐÏÄ ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ×ÈÏÄÉÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÐÏÓÌÅ\n" -"ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÓ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÕÅÔ ÜÔÁ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ (É ×ÁÓ ÎÅ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÁÑ\n" -"ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔØ), ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ É ÏËÏÎÎÙÊ ÍÅÎÅÄÖÅÒ, ÚÁÔÅÍ\n" -"ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\". åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÁ ÜÔÁ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ, ÓÎÉÍÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÏÒ Ó ÐÕÎËÔÁ\n" -"\"%s\"" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n" +"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n" +"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" -"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" -"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" -"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" -"parameters.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" -"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" -"to hold this information.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" -"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" -"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" -"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" -"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" -"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" -"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" "\n" -" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" -"Firmware Delay expires." +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." msgstr "" -"Yaboot Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÏÍ ÄÌÑ ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ NewWorld MacIntosh É\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ GNU/Linux, MacOS ÉÌÉ MacOSX. ïÂÙÞÎÏ MacOS É\n" -"MacOSX ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÀÔÓÑ É ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÉÒÕÀÔÓÑ × ÍÅÎÀ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÇÏ\n" -"ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ. åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÔÁË, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÕÎËÔ ÎÁ ÜÔÏÍ\n" -"ÜËÒÁÎÅ. âÕÄØÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÙ ÐÒÉ ×ÙÂÏÒÅ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÙÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×.\n" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" +"similar applications.\n" "\n" -"ïÓÎÏ×ÎÙÅ ÏÐÃÉÉ Yaboot:\n" +"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n" +"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n" +"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" +"``Development'' category installed.\n" "\n" -" * Init Message: ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ, ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÍÙÊ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÅÍ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" +"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n" "\n" -" * Boot Device: ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ, ËÕÄÁ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ, ÔÒÅÂÕÅÍÕÀ\n" -"ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ GNU/Linux. ïÂÙÞÎÏ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ×Ù ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÅÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ bootstrap,\n" -"ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÉÊ ÜÔÕ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ.\n" +" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n" +"appropriate groups from that category.\n" "\n" -" * Open Firmware Delay: × ÏÔÌÉÞÉÅ ÏÔ LILO, Õ yaboot ÉÍÅÀÔÓÑ Ä×Å ÐÁÕÚÙ.\n" -"ðÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÁÕÚÁ ÉÚÍÅÒÑÅÔÓÑ × ÓÅËÕÎÄÁÈ, É ÎÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÜÔÁÐÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ CD, OF boot,\n" -"MacOS ÉÌÉ Linux;\n" +" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" +"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * Kernel Boot Timeout: ÜÔÏÔ ÔÁÊÍÁÕÔ ÐÏÈÏÖ ÎÁ ÐÁÕÚÕ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ LILO. ðÏÓÌÅ\n" -"×ÙÂÏÒÁ Linux Õ ×ÁÓ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÁÕÚÁ × 0.1 ÓÅËÕÎÄÙ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÏ\n" -"×ÁÛÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÑÄÒÁ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ.\n" +" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" +"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" +"interface available.\n" "\n" -" * Enable CD Boot?: ×ÙÂÏÒ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÁ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ××ÅÓÔÉ ``C'' ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ Ó CD × ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÉ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ.\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" "\n" -" * Enable OF Boot?: ×ÙÂÏÒ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÁ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ××ÅÓÔÉ ``N'' ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ Open Firmware × ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÉ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ.\n" +" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" +"working graphical desktop.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" +"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" +"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" +"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" +"megabytes.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" +"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" +"be installed.\n" "\n" -" * Default OS: ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ïó, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÚÁÇÒÕÖÁÔØÓÑ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ\n" -"ÐÏ ÉÓÔÅÞÅÎÉÉ ÐÁÕÚÙ Open Firmware Delay." +"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" +"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -311,169 +377,232 @@ msgid "" "running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" "to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." msgstr "" -"üÔÏÔ ÛÁÇ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ ÎÁÊÄÅÎ ÓÔÁÒÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ\n" -"GNU/Linux.\n" -"\n" -"DrakX ÔÅÐÅÒØ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÕÚÎÁÔØ, ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÏ×ÅÓÔÉ ÎÏ×ÕÀ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÕ ÉÌÉ\n" -"ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ Mandrake Linux:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÷ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Å ÓÌÕÞÁÅ× ÜÔÏÔ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÔ Ë ÕÎÉÞÔÏÖÅÎÉÀ ÓÔÁÒÏÊ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ ÉÌÉ\n" -"ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÆÁÊÌÏ×ÕÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÕÎËÔ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ×\n" -"ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ÒÁÚÂÉÔ ×ÁÛ ÄÉÓË, ×Ù ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ ÏÔ\n" -"ÐÅÒÅÚÁÐÉÓÉ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ Ó×ÏÉ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÏÔ ËÌÁÓÓ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ÏÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÅ\n" -"× ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ Mandrake Linux. ôÅËÕÝÁÑ ÓÈÅÍÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÄÉÓËÁ É\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÓËÉÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÏÓÔÁÎÕÔÓÑ ÎÅÔÒÏÎÕÔÙÍÉ. âÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÛÁÇÏ×\n" -"ÂÕÄÕÔ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ, ËÁË É ÐÒÉ ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÏÊ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÅ.\n" -"\n" -"÷ÙÂÏÒ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÁ ``ïÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÅ'' ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÅÐÌÏÈÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÈ Mandrake\n" -"Linux ÎÁÞÉÎÁÑ Ó \"8.1\" É ×ÙÛÅ. ðÒÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÈ Mandrake\n" -"Linux ÓÔÁÒÛÅ \"8.1\" ÎÅ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" -"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" -"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" -"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" -"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" -"install updated packages later.\n" +"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n" +"your machine.\n" "\n" -"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" -"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n" -"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n" -"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." -msgstr "" -"÷ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ Mandrake Linux ÂÙÌÏ ÂÙ ÎÅÐÌÏÈÏ ÏÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ\n" -"ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÉÚ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÒÅÌÉÚÁ. îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÂÁÇÉ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÙ É ÒÅÛÅÎÙ\n" -"ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ. þÔÏÂÙ ÉÚ×ÌÅÞØ ÐÏÌØÚÕ ÉÚ ÜÔÉÈ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÊ, ÓÅÊÞÁÓ ×Ù\n" -"ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ ÉÈ ÉÚ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÝÅÅ\n" -"ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ó éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ, ÉÌÉ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÏÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÐÏÚÖÅ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÒÉ ×ÙÂÏÒÅ \"%s\" ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÍÅÓÔ, ÉÚ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ\n" -"ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÂÌÉÖÁÊÛÉÊ Ë ×ÁÍ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ. úÁÔÅÍ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÅÒÅ×Ï ×ÙÂÏÒÁ\n" -"ÐÁËÅÔÏ×: ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÓÐÉÓÏË É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌÕÞÅÎÉÑ É ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ÉÌÉ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ ÏÔÍÅÎÙ." +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n" +"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n" +"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n" +"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n" +"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n" +"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n" +"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n" +"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n" +"\n" +"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n" +"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n" +"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" -"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" -"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" -"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" -"default.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" -"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" -"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" -"options. !!\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" -"are normally reserved for the expert user." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." msgstr "" -"üÔÏÔ ÄÉÁÌÏÇ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÔÏÎËÏ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ×ÁÛ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÙÊ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉË:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ÔÒÉ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÁ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ grub (ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÅ ÍÅÎÀ).\n" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ LILO Ó ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÏÍ ÍÅÎÀ.\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ LILO Ó ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÏÍ.\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": × ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Å ÓÌÕÞÁÅ× ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ÍÅÎÑÔØ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÅ ÐÏ\n" -"ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ (\"%s\"), ÎÏ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÙÊ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉË ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎ ÎÁ ×ÔÏÒÏÊ ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË (\"%s\"), ÉÌÉ ÄÁÖÅ ÎÁ ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ (\"%s\");\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"it.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ ÉÌÉ ÐÅÒÅÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÁ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÀ\n" -"ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ × ÍÅÎÀ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ ÏÔÌÉÞÎÙÊ ÏÔ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÑ\n" -"×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ.\n" +"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" "\n" -"!! âÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ ÐÒÉ ÏÔÍÅÎÅ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ (ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ\n" -"ÚÄÅÓØ ËÎÏÐËÉ \"%s\" ×ÅÄÅÔ Ë ÜÔÏÍÕ), ÐÏÔÏÍÕ ÞÔÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÏÓÔÁÔØÓÑ ÈÏÔÑ\n" -"ÂÙ ÏÄÉÎ ÓÐÏÓÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ Mandrake Linux! ôÁËÖÅ ÕÂÅÄÉÔÅÓØ ×\n" -"ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÚÎÁÅÔÅ ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÅÔÅ ËÁËÏÊ-ÌÉÂÏ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒ. !!\n" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" "\n" -"ðÒÉ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÉ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇ ÓÏ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×ÏÍ ÏÐÃÉÊ ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÐÒÏÄ×ÉÎÕÔÙÈ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ." +"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" +"bad blocks on the disk." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" -"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" -"\n" -"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" -"\"Capacity\".\n" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" -"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." +msgstr "" +"Options\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" -"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" -"hard drives:\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n" +"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n" +"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n" +"install updated packages later.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n" +"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n" +"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n" +"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" -"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." msgstr "" -"îÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÖÅÓÔÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÏ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ Microsoft.\n" -"÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÄÌÑ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÅÇÏ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÁ Ó ÃÅÌØÀ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ\n" -"×ÁÛÅÊ ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÏÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ Mandrake Linux.\n" +"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n" +"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n" +"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n" "\n" -"ëÁÖÄÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎ ÔÁË: \"Linux ÉÍÑ\", \"Windows ÉÍÑ\" \"òÁÚÍÅÒ\".\n" +"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n" +"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n" +"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Qu\x{00e9}bec,\n" +"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n" +"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n" +"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" "\n" -"\"Linux ÉÍÑ\" ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÏ ÎÁ: \"ÔÉÐ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ\", \"ÎÏÍÅÒ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ\n" -"ÄÉÓËÁ\", \"ÎÏÍÅÒ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ\" (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, \"hda1\").\n" +"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards.\n" "\n" -"\"ôÉÐ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ\" ÜÔÏ \"hd\" ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛ ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË IDE É \"sd\" ÅÓÌÉ\n" -"SCSI.\n" +"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" +"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" +"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -"\"îÏÍÅÒ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ\" ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÂÕË×Á ÐÏÓÌÅ \"hd\" ÉÌÉ \"sd\". äÌÑ ÖÅÓÔËÉÈ\n" -"ÄÉÓËÏ× IDE:\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -" * \"a\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"master ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÎÁ ÐÅÒ×ÉÞÎÏÍ IDE ËÏÎÔÒÏÌÌÅÒÅ\";\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -" * \"b\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"slave ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÎÁ ÐÅÒ×ÉÞÎÏÍ IDE ËÏÎÔÒÏÌÌÅÒÅ\";\n" +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" "\n" -" * \"c\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"master ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÎÁ ×ÔÏÒÉÞÎÏÍ IDE ËÏÎÔÒÏÌÌÅÒÅ\";\n" +"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" +"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +msgstr "" +"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" +"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" +"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" +"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" +"button will take you to the next step.\n" "\n" -" * \"d\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"slave ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÎÁ ×ÔÏÒÉÞÎÏÍ IDE ËÏÎÔÒÏÌÌÅÒÅ\".\n" +"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" +"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" "\n" -"äÌÑ ÖÅÓÔËÉÈ ÄÉÓËÏ× SCSI \"a\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ\n" -"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", É Ô.Ä.\n" +"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" +"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" "\n" -"\"Windows name\" - ÜÔÏ ÂÕË×Á ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ ÐÏÄ Windows (ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÄÉÓË ÉÌÉ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ \"C:\")." +"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n" +"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n" +"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n" +"supported modems at LinModems.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' chapter about\n" +"Internet connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait\n" +"until your system is installed and use the program described there to\n" +"configure your connection." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -498,7 +627,7 @@ msgid "" "Monitor\n" "\n" " The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -508,16 +637,18 @@ msgid "" " Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" -"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" "Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" " the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" -"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n" "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" @@ -530,58 +661,89 @@ msgid "" "\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" "in getting the display configured." msgstr "" -"X (ÄÌÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ X Window) ÜÔÏ ÓÅÒÄÃÅ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÁ GNU/Linux, ÎÁ\n" -"ÂÁÚÅ ËÏÔÏÒÏÇÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ ×ÓÅ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÓÒÅÄÙ (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" -"WindowMaker, É Ô.Ä..), ×ÈÏÄÑÝÉÅ × Mandrake Linux.\n" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n" +"\n" +"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n" +"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n" +"\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"÷ÁÍ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ× ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌÕÞÅÎÉÑ\n" -"ÏÐÔÉÍÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ: ÷ÉÄÅÏËÁÒÔÁ\n" +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs.\n" "\n" -" éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÅÔ É ÎÁÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÅÔ ×ÉÄÅÏËÁÒÔÕ,\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÕÀ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÔÁË, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ × ÜÔÏÍ\n" -"ÓÐÉÓËÅ ËÁÒÔÕ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ Õ ×ÁÓ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ.\n" "\n" -" ÷ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÊ ËÁÒÔÙ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ, Ó 3D\n" -"ÕÓËÏÒÅÎÉÅÍ É ÂÅÚ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ, ËÁËÏÊ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ\n" -"×ÁÛÉÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÎÏÓÔÑÍ.\n" "\n" +"Monitor\n" "\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n" "\n" -"íÏÎÉÔÏÒ\n" "\n" -" éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒ,\n" -"ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÅÎÎÙÊ Ë ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ÅÍÕ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÏÓØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ\n" -"ÓÁÍÏÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ×ÁÛ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ.\n" "\n" +"Resolution\n" "\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n" "\n" -"òÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ\n" "\n" -" úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ É ÇÌÕÂÉÎÕ Ã×ÅÔÁ ÉÚ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏ\n" -"ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÉÔ (×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ\n" -"ÜÔÏ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ). ðÒÉÍÅÒ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÊ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ\n" -"ÎÁ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒÅ.\n" "\n" +"Test\n" "\n" +" Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n" +"\n" +" the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n" +"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n" +"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n" +"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n" +"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n" +"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n" "\n" -"ðÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ\n" "\n" -" óÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÐÏÐÙÔÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔËÒÙÔØ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÜËÒÁÎ × ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÍ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÉ.\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÉ É ÏÔ×ÅÔÉÔØ \"%s\",\n" -"ÔÏÇÄÁ DrakX ÐÅÒÅÊÄÅÔ Ë ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÍÕ ÛÁÇÕ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÑ, ÜÔÏ\n" -"ÚÎÁÞÉÔ, ÞÔÏ ÞÁÓÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÎÏÊ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ ÂÙÌÁ ÎÅ×ÅÒÎÁ É\n" -"ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÁ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÉÔÓÑ ÞÅÒÅÚ 12 ÓÅËÕÎÄ, ×ÅÒÎÕ× ×ÁÓ × ÍÅÎÀ.\n" -"ðÏÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ É ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ ÚÁÎÏ×Ï, ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏÅ\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ.\n" "\n" +"Options\n" "\n" +" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" +"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" +"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" +"in getting the display configured." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Resolution\n" "\n" -"ðÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ\n" +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." +msgstr "" +"Resolution\n" "\n" -" úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÍÁÛÉÎÕ ÎÁ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÕ ×\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÅ. ïÞÅ×ÉÄÎÏ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ\n" -"ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ × ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Å ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ ÉÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÏÓØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ." +" Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n" +"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n" +"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n" +"configuration is shown in the monitor picture." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" +"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" +"similar to the one used during installation." +msgstr "" +"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" +"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n" +"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -611,141 +773,30 @@ msgid "" "system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" "Center and clicking the expert button." msgstr "" -"ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÒÉÛÌÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÁ. äÒÕÇÉÅ OS\n" -"ÍÏÇÕÔ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÉÔØ ×ÁÍ ÏÄÎÕ, Á Mandrake Linux ÐÒÅÄÌÁÇÁÅÔ Ä×Å. ëÁÖÄÁÑ ÉÚ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÌÕÞÛÅÊ ÄÌÑ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÎÏÊ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" -- ÞÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ``ÐÅÞÁÔÁÔØ, ÎÅ ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ × ÏÞÅÒÅÄØ'' - ÜÔÏ ÕÄÏÂÎÙÊ\n" -"×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÐÒÑÍÕÀ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÅÎÙ Ë Ó×ÏÅÍÕ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÕ, ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÉÚÂÅÖÁÔØ\n" -"ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍ Ó ÚÁÖÅ×Ù×ÁÎÉÅÍ ÂÕÍÁÇÉ, É Õ ×ÁÓ ÎÅÔ ÓÅÔÅ×ÙÈ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÏ×. (\"%s\"\n" -"ÓÍÏÖÅÔ cÐÒÁ×ÉÔØÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ Ó ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÙÍÉ ÒÅÁÌÉÚÁÃÉÑÍÉ ÓÅÔÅÊ É Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÎÉÈ ÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÏ ÍÅÄÌÅÎÎÙÍ.) òÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ \"pdq \" × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ÅÓÌÉ\n" -"×Ù ÔÏÌØËÏ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÅ Ó×ÏÊ ÐÕÔØ × GNU/Linux.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'' (ïÂÝÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ Unix),\n" -"ÜÔÏ ÐÒÅ×ÏÓÈÏÄÎÁÑ ÐÅÞÁÔØ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÍ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÍ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÅ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÏ×ÉÎÅ\n" -"×ÓÅÊ ÐÌÁÎÅÔÙ. ïÎÁ ÐÒÏÓÔÁ × ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ É ÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÙÓÔÕÐÁÔØ × ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Å ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ\n" -"ÉÌÉ ËÌÉÅÎÔÁ ÄÌÑ ÄÒÅ×ÎÉÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ \"lpd \", ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÏÎÁ ÓÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÁ Ó\n" -"ÒÁÎÅÅ ×ÙÐÕÝÅÎÎÙÍÉ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÍÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÅÝÅ ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔÓÑ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ.\n" -"îÅÓÍÏÔÒÑ ÎÁ ×ÓÀ Ó×ÏÀ ÍÏÝØ, ÂÁÚÏ×ÙÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ Õ ÎÅÅ ÐÒÏÝÅ ÞÅÍ Õ \"pdq\".\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÜÍÕÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ \"lpd\", ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ×ËÌÀÞÉÔØ ÄÅÍÏÎ \"cups-lpd \".\n" -"\"%s\" ÉÍÅÅÔ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ ÄÌÑ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ ÉÌÉ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×\n" -"ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÁ É ÄÌÑ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÏÍ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ Ó×ÏÊ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÓÅÊÞÁÓ, Á ÐÏÚÖÅ ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ\n" -"×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÉÔ, ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÅÅ ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉ× PrinterDrake ÉÚ ãÅÎÔÒÁ\n" -"õÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ Mandrake ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ ÜËÓÐÅÒÔ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" -"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" -"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n" -"similar applications.\n" -"\n" -"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" -"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n" -"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n" -"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n" -"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n" -"``Development'' group installed.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n" -"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n" -"appropriate packages from that group.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n" -"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n" -"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n" -"interface available.\n" -"\n" -"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" -"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n" -"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" -"different options for a minimal installation:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n" -"working graphical desktop.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n" -"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n" -"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n" -"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n" -"megabytes.\n" -"\n" -"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n" -"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n" -"be installed.\n" -"\n" -"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n" -"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" -"updating an existing system." -msgstr "" -"ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÓÔÁÌÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ, ËÁËÉÅ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÁ\n" -"×ÁÛÕ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ. ó Mandrake Linux ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÀÔÓÑ ÔÙÓÑÞÉ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× É ÄÌÑ ÕÐÒÏÝÅÎÉÑ\n" -"×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÏÎÉ ÒÁÚÂÉÔÙ ÎÁ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÁËÅÔÙ ÓÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÙ ÐÏ ÇÒÕÐÐÁÍ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ÓÐÅÃÉÆÉËÅ\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÙ. ÷ Mandrake Linux ÉÍÅÅÔÓÑ ÞÅÔÙÒÅ\n" -"ÐÒÅÄÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÎÙÈ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÁ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÔØ ÜÔÉ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÙ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ËÁË ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÂÏÒÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÂßÅÄÉÎÑÔØ\n" -"ÐÒÉÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÉÚ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÎÁÂÏÒÏ×, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ Ë ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÕ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ``òÁÂÏÞÁÑ\n" -"ÓÔÁÎÃÉÑ'' ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÙ ÐÒÉÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÉÚ ÎÁÂÏÒÁ ``òÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÁ''.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÁÛÉÎÕ × ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Å ÒÁÂÏÞÅÊ\n" -"ÓÔÁÎÃÉÉ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÏÄÎÕ ÉÌÉ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÈ ÇÒÕÐÐ ÉÚ ÎÁÂÏÒÁ\n" -"ÒÁÂÏÞÅÊ ÓÔÁÎÃÉÉ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÚÁÎÑÔØÓÑ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅÍ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ\n" -"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÉÚ ÎÁÂÏÒÁ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ËÁËÉÅ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÁ ÎÅÅ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÚÄÅÓØ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÍÕÀ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÕÀ ÓÒÅÄÕ. èÏÔÑ\n" -"ÂÙ ÏÄÎÁ ÉÚ ÎÉÈ ÄÏÌÖÎÁ ÂÙÔØ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÁ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ × ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÍ\n" -"ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÅ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÒÉ ÎÁ×ÅÄÅÎÉÉ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ ÍÙÛÉ ÎÁ ÉÍÑ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØÓÑ ËÏÒÏÔËÏÅ\n" -"ÐÏÑÓÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ÄÁÎÎÏÊ ÇÒÕÐÐÅ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ×ÙÂÅÒÅÔÅ ÎÉ ÏÄÎÏÊ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ\n" -"×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ (× ÐÒÏÔÉ×ÏÐÏÌÏÖÎÏÓÔØ upgrade), ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ\n" -"ÄÉÁÌÏÇ Ó ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÍÉ ÏÐÃÉÑÍÉ ÄÌÑ ÍÉÎÉÍÁÌØÎÏÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ:\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÉÎÉÍÁÌØÎÙÊ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÈ ÄÌÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÁÂÏÞÅÇÏ ÓÔÏÌÁ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÕÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÐÌÀÓ ÂÁÚÏ×ÙÅ ÕÔÉÌÉÔÙ É ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ\n" -"Ë ÎÉÍ. üÔÁ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÑ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÉÔ ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ.\n" +"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n" +"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n" +"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎ ÓÁÍÙÊ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÊ ÍÉÎÉÍÕÍ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÄÌÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ\n" -"Linux ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ. ÷ ÜÔÏ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÅ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÔÏÌØËÏ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ\n" -"ÓÔÒÏËÉ. ïÂÝÉÊ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÜÔÏÊ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÚÁÎÉÍÁÅÔ 65 ÍÅÇÁÂÁÊÔ.\n" +" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n" +"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n" +"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n" +"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n" +"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n" +"experience with GNU/Linux.\n" "\n" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÔÍÅÔÉÔØ ÐÕÎËÔ \"%s\", ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÏÌÅÚÅÎ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÒÏÛÏ\n" -"ÚÎÁÅÔÅ ÐÒÅÄÌÁÇÁÅÍÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ÉÌÉ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÉÍÅÔØ ÐÏÌÎÙÊ ËÏÎÔÒÏÌØ ÎÁÄ\n" -"ÔÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÔØÓÑ.\n" +" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n" +"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n" +"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n" +"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n" +"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n" +"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n" +"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n" +"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n" +"printer.\n" "\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÞÁÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÀ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ \"%s\", ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÂÒÁÔØ ×ÙÂÏÒ ×ÓÅÈ\n" -"ÇÒÕÐÐ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÒÅÄÏÔ×ÒÁÔÉÔØ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÀ ËÁËÏÇÏ-ÌÉÂÏ ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ. üÔÏ\n" -"ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏ × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÉÌÉ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" -"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n" -"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required." -msgstr "" -"éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÑ Mandrake Linux ÒÁÚÂÒÏÓÁÎÁ ÎÁ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ CD-ROMÁÈ. DrakX ÚÎÁÅÔ,\n" -"ÎÁ ËÁËÏÍ ÉÚ CD-ROM ËÁËÏÊ ÐÁËÅÔ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ É ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÔÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÔÅËÕÝÉÊ CD É\n" -"ÐÒÏÓÉÔØ ×ÁÓ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÐÏ ÍÅÒÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔÉ." +"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n" +"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n" +"Center and clicking the expert button." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -755,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" -"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" @@ -784,197 +835,68 @@ msgid "" "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" -"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n" -"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." +"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." msgstr "" -"üÔÏ ÓÁÍÏÅ ×ÁÖÎÏÅ ÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ × ÄÅÌÅ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ GNU/Linux: ×Ù\n" -"ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ \"root\". \"Root\" Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒÏÍ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ É\n" -"ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÎ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÐÒÁ×Ï ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÄÉÔØ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ, ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ,\n" -"ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ. ëÏÒÏÞÅ ÇÏ×ÏÒÑ, \"root\" ÍÏÖÅÔ\n" -"×ÓÅ! ÷ÏÔ ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÒÉÄÕÍÁÔØ ÐÁÒÏÌØ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÔÒÕÄÎÏ ÐÏÄÏÂÒÁÔØ.\n" -"DrakX ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔ ×ÁÍ, ÅÓÌÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÐÒÏÓÔ. ëÁË ×Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÍÏÖÎÏ ×ÏÏÂÝÅ\n" -"ÎÅ ××ÏÄÉÔØ ÐÁÒÏÌØ, ÎÏ ÍÙ ÓÅÒØÅÚÎÏ ÓÏ×ÅÔÕÅÍ ×ÁÍ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÎÅ ÄÅÌÁÔØ ÐÏ ÏÄÎÏÊ\n" -"ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÐÒÉÞÉÎÅ: ÎÅ ÄÕÍÁÊÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÌÉ GNU/Linux, ÔÏ ×ÁÛÉ\n" -"ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÅ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ ÚÁÝÉÝÅÎÙ ÏÔ ÏÛÉÂÏË. ôÁË ËÁË \"root\" ÍÏÖÅÔ\n" -"ÐÅÒÅÓÔÕÐÉÔØ ×ÓÅ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÉÑ É ÎÅÐÒÅÄÎÁÍÅÒÅÎÎÏ ÓÔÅÒÅÔØ ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÈ ÄÉÓËÁ, ÏÂÒÁÝÁÑÓØ ÎÅÂÒÅÖÎÏ Ó ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ, ÔÏ ÏÞÅÎØ ×ÁÖÎÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÓÔÁÔØ\n" -"\"root\" ÂÙÌÏ ÔÒÕÄÎÏ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÁÒÏÌØ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÓÏÞÅÔÁÎÉÅÍ ÃÉÆÒÏ×ÙÈ É ÂÕË×ÅÎÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× É ÉÍÅÔØ ÄÌÉÎÕ\n" -"ÎÅ ÍÅÎÅÅ 8 ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×. îÉËÏÇÄÁ ÎÅ ÚÁÐÉÓÙ×ÁÊÔÅ ÐÁÒÏÌØ \"root\" -: ÜÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔ\n" -"ÏÞÅÎØ ÌÅÇËÏÊ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ÓËÏÍÐÒÏÍÅÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ.\n" -"\n" -"ó ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÓÔÏÒÏÎÙ, ÐÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÎÅ ÄÅÌÁÊÔÅ ÐÁÒÏÌØ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÄÌÉÎÎÙÍ ÉÌÉ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ\n" -"ÓÌÏÖÎÙÍ, ÐÏÔÏÍÕ ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÅÇÏ ÂÅÚ ÏÓÏÂÙÈ ÕÓÉÌÉÊ ÚÁÐÏÍÎÉÔØ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÁÒÏÌØ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÜËÒÁÎÅ ÔÁË ÖÅ, ËÁË ×Ù ÅÇÏ ××ÏÄÉÔÅ. ëÒÏÍÅ\n" -"ÔÏÇÏ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ×ÔÏÒÉÔØ ××ÏÄ ÐÁÒÏÌÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÒÅÄÕÐÒÅÄÉÔØ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ\n" -"ÏÐÅÞÁÔËÉ. åÓÌÉ ÓÌÕÞÉÔÓÑ ÔÁË, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÏÐÅÞÁÔÁÌÉÓØ Ä×ÁÖÄÙ, ÔÏÇÄÁ ÜÔÏÔ\n" -"``ÎÅ×ÅÒÎÙÊ'' ÐÁÒÏÌØ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÐÒÉ ÐÅÒ×ÏÊ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÅ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÄÏÓÔÕÐ Ë ÜÔÏÍÕ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÕ ËÏÎÔÒÏÌÉÒÏ×ÁÌÓÑ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ\n" -"ÁÕÔÅÎÔÉÆÉËÁÃÉÉ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\".\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÓÅÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ LDAP, NIS, ÉÌÉ PDC Windows Domain ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ\n" -"ÁÕÔÅÎÔÉÆÉËÁÃÉÉ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÊ ÔÉÐ \"%s\". åÓÌÉ ÎÅ ÚÎÁÅÔÅ,\n" -"ÓÐÒÏÓÉÔÅ Ó×ÏÅÇÏ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒÁ ÓÅÔÉ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ×ÏÚÎÉËÌÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ Ó ÚÁÐÏÍÉÎÁÎÉÅÍ ÐÁÒÏÌÅÊ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ\n" -"ÏÐÃÉÀ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÁÔØÓÑ Ë éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ É ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù\n" -"ÄÏ×ÅÒÑÅÔÅ ×ÓÅÍ ÄÏÓÔÕÐ Ë ÍÁÛÉÎÅ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" -"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n" -"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" -"any Windows data.\n" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n" +"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n" +"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n" +"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n" +"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n" +"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n" +"\"root\".\n" "\n" -"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n" -"partitions present on this hard drive." -msgstr "" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ É ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÎÁ ÄÁÎÎÏÍ\n" -"ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ. âÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ, ÐÏÔÏÍÕ ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÑ \"%s\" ×Ù ÎÅ\n" -"ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ É ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÎÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ, ×ËÌÀÞÁÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ\n" -"Windows.\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n" +"too easy to compromise a system.\n" "\n" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ ÏÔÍÅÎÙ ÜÔÏÊ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÂÅÚ ÐÏÔÅÒÉ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ É ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÎÁ\n" -"ÄÁÎÎÏÍ ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n" -"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" -"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" -"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n" +"must be able to remember it!\n" "\n" -"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" -"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n" +"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n" +"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n" +"connect.\n" "\n" -"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n" -"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n" -"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n" -"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n" -"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n" -"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n" -"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" -"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" -"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n" -"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" -"default during boot. !!\n" +"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n" +"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n" "\n" -"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n" -"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n" -"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n" -"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n" -"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n" -"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n" +"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n" +"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n" "\n" -"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n" -"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n" -"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n" -"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n" -"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n" -"create such a floppy." -msgstr "" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÏÏÂÝÉÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒÕ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÏ, ÏÎ\n" -"ÐÏËÁÖÅÔ ×ÁÍ ÄÅÒÅ×Ï, ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÅÅ ×ÓÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ, ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÎÙÅ ÐÏ ÇÒÕÐÐÁÍ É\n" -"ÐÏÄÇÒÕÐÐÁÍ. ÷Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÁ ÄÅÒÅ×Á ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÉÒÁÔØ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ ÐÏÌÎÏÓÔØÀ,\n" -"ÐÏÄÇÒÕÐÐÙ ÉÌÉ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ.\n" -"\n" -"ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÐÁËÅÔ × ÄÅÒÅ×Å, ÓÐÒÁ×Á ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÅÇÏ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏÂÙ\n" -"ÐÏÍÏÞØ ×ÁÍ ÕÚÎÁÔØ ÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ.\n" -"\n" -"!! åÓÌÉ ÂÙÌ ×ÙÂÒÁÎ ËÁËÏÊ-ÌÉÂÏ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÎÙÊ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÏ ÉÌÉ ÏÎ ÂÙÌ ÞÁÓÔØÀ\n" -"ËÁËÏÊ-ÌÉÂÏ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ, ×ÁÓ ÐÏÐÒÏÓÑÔ ÐÏÄÔ×ÅÒÄÉÔØ, ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÜÔÉ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ. ðÏÄ Mandrake Linux ×ÓÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÅ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ\n" -"ÚÁÐÕÓËÁÀÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ. äÁÖÅ ÅÓÌÉ ÏÎÉ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÙ É ÎÅ\n" -"ÉÍÅÀÔ ÉÚ×ÅÓÔÎÙÈ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍ ÎÁ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ ×ÙÐÕÓËÁ ÄÉÓÔÒÉÂÕÔÉ×Á, × ÎÉÈ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ\n" -"ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÙ ÄÙÒÙ × ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÙÐÕÓËÁ ÄÁÎÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ Mandrake Linux.\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÚÎÁÅÔÅ, ÚÁÞÅÍ ÎÕÖÅÎ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓ É ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÄÅÌÁÅÔ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ\n" -"\"%s\". åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍÅÔÅ \"%s\", ÔÏÇÄÁ ×ÓÅ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ÂÕÄÕÔ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÙ É Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÚÁÐÕÝÅÎÙ ÐÒÉ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÅ. !!\n" -"\n" -"ïÐÃÉÑ \"%s\" ÚÁÐÒÅÝÁÅÔ ÐÏËÁÚ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÁ ÐÒÅÄÕÐÒÅÖÄÅÎÉÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÉ\n" -"Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ×ÙÂÏÒÅ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒÏÍ. îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÉÍÅÀÔ\n" -"×ÚÁÉÍÏÓ×ÑÚØ ÄÒÕÇ Ó ÄÒÕÇÏÍ, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒÕ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ. éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ ÓÁÍ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔ,\n" -"ËÁËÉÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÎÕÖÎÙ ÄÌÑ ÕÄÏ×ÌÅÔ×ÏÒÅÎÉÑ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÅÊ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÓÐÅÛÎÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÕ.\n" -"\n" -"íÁÌÅÎØËÁÑ ÉËÏÎËÁ ÄÉÓËÅÔÙ ×ÎÉÚÕ ÐÏÄ ÓÐÉÓËÏÍ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÊ É\n" -"ÚÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÊ ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÅÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁËÅÔÏ×. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍÅÔÅ\n" -"ÎÁ ÜÔÕ ÉËÏÎËÕ, ×ÁÓ ÐÏÐÒÏÓÑÔ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ × ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÄ ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ, ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÕÀ\n" -"ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÅÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÅÊ. óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ×ÔÏÒÏÊ ÓÏ×ÅÔ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÇÏ ÛÁÇÁ, ÇÄÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÏ\n" -"ËÁË ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ ÔÁËÏÊ ÄÉÓË." +"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n" +"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n" +"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" -"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" -"what it finds there:\n" -"\n" -" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" -"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" -"OS.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" -"one.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" -"bootloader." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." msgstr "" -"LILO É grub ÜÔÏ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÙÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÉ GNU/Linux. üÔÏÔ ÛÁÇ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÐÏÌÎÏÓÔØÀ\n" -"Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÚÉÒÏ×ÁÎ. DrakX ÐÒÏÁÎÁÌÉÚÉÒÕÅÔ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÙÊ (boot) ÓÅËÔÏÒ ÄÉÓËÁ É\n" -"ÂÕÄÅÔ ÄÅÊÓÔ×Ï×ÁÔØ ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÏ ÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÔÁÍ ÎÁÊÄÅÔ:\n" -"\n" -" * ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁÊÄÅÎ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÙÊ ÓÅËÔÏÒ Windows, ÏÎ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔ ÅÇÏ ÎÁ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÙÊ\n" -"ÓÅËÔÏÒ grub/LILO. óÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏ, ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÖÁÔØ É GNU/Linux É ÄÒÕÇÕÀ\n" -"OS;\n" -"\n" -" * ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁÊÄÅÎ boot ÓÅËÔÏÒ grub ÉÌÉ LILO, ÏÎ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔ ÅÇÏ ÎÁ ÎÏ×ÙÊ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×ÏÚÎÉËÁÀÔ ÓÏÍÎÅÎÉÑ, DrakX ÓÐÒÏÓÉÔ ×ÁÓ ËÕÄÁ ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉË." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n" -"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" -"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" -"\n" -"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n" -"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n" +"Graphic Card\n" "\n" -"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n" -"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n" -"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n" -"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n" -"issues.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" +"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" "\n" -"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n" -"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n" -"configure the driver." -msgstr "" -"óÎÁÞÁÌÁ DrakX ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔ ÌÀÂÙÅ IDE ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Á, ÐÒÉÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ × ×ÁÛÅÊ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ. ôÁËÖÅ ÏÎ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔ ÎÁÌÉÞÉÅ ÏÄÎÏÊ ÉÌÉ ÂÏÌØÛÅ PCI SCSI ËÁÒÔ ×\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ. åÓÌÉ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÊÄÅÎÁ SCSI ËÁÒÔÁ, DrakX Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔ\n" -"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÊ ÄÒÁÊ×ÅÒ.\n" -"\n" -"ôÁË ËÁË ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÁÐÐÁÒÁÔÎÏÇÏ ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÅÎÉÑ ÎÅ ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÏÛÉÂËÏÕÓÔÏÊÞÉ×Ï,\n" -"DrakX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÎÅ ÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØÓÑ Ó ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÅÍ ×ÁÛÉÈ ÖÅÓÔËÉÈ ÄÉÓËÏ×. åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ\n" -"ÔÁË, ÔÏÇÄÁ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ÅÍÕ ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÅ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÛÌÏÓØ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ PCI SCSI ÁÄÁÐÔÅÒ, DrakX ÓÐÒÏÓÉÔ ×ÁÓ,\n" -"ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÅÇÏ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ. ÷Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÉÔØ DrakX ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ\n" -"ÓÐÅÃÉÆÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÄÌÑ ËÁÒÔÙ ÏÐÃÉÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÎÕÖÎÙ ÄÌÑ ÉÎÉÃÉÁÌÉÚÁÃÉÉ ÁÄÁÐÔÅÒÁ.\n" -"ïÂÙÞÎÏ DrakX ÐÒÏÈÏÄÉÔ ÜÔÏÔ ÛÁÇ ÂÅÚ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ DrakX ÎÅ × ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÉ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ, ËÁËÉÅ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ ÎÕÖÎÙ\n" -"ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÀ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÄÒÁÊ×ÅÒ." +" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1000,10 +922,10 @@ msgid "" "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" "The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" @@ -1025,360 +947,114 @@ msgid "" "selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" "highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." msgstr "" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ × yaboot ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÐÕÎËÔÙ ÄÌÑ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÈ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍ, ÁÌØÔÅÒÎÁÔÉ×ÎÙÈ ÑÄÅÒ ÉÌÉ ÄÌÑ Á×ÁÒÉÊÎÏÇÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÏÇÏ ÏÂÒÁÚÁ.\n" +"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n" +"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" "\n" -"äÌÑ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ OS ÐÕÎËÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÍÅÔËÕ É ÒÁÚÄÅÌ \"root\"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" "\n" -"äÌÑ Linux ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÙÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×:\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" "\n" -" * íÅÔËÁ: ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÅ, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ××ÅÓÔÉ × ÓÔÒÏËÅ\n" -"ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÑ yaboot, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÏÔ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ;\n" +" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n" +"select this boot option.\n" "\n" -" * ïÂÒÁÚ: ÜÔÏ ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÖÁÅÍÏÇÏ ÑÄÒÁ. ïÂÙÞÎÏ ÜÔÏ vmlinux ÉÌÉ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ\n" -"vmlinux Ó ÒÁÓÛÉÒÅÎÉÅÍ.\n" +" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n" +"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" "\n" -" * Root: ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Ï \"root\" ÉÌÉ ``/'' ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ Linux;\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n" "\n" -" * äÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÅ: ÎÁ ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÉ Apple ÏÐÃÉÑ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÑÄÒÁ ÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÏ ÞÁÓÔÏ\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÍÏÞØ ÐÒÉ ÉÎÉÃÉÁÌÉÚÁÃÉÉ ×ÉÄÅÏÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÉÌÉ ÞÔÏÂÙ\n" -"×ËÌÀÞÉÔØ ÎÁ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÅ ÜÍÕÌÑÃÉÀ ËÎÏÐÏË ÍÙÛÉ ÄÌÑ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÏÔÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÈ ÎÁ\n" -"ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÙÈ ÍÙÛÁÈ Apple 2-Ê É 3-Ê ËÎÏÐÏË. ÷ÏÔ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏ×:\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n" +"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n" +"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n" +"The following are some examples:\n" "\n" -" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "hda=autotune\n" "\n" -" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" -"\n" -" * Initrd: ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÁ ÌÉÂÏ ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ ÐÅÒ×ÉÞÎÙÈ\n" -"ÍÏÄÕÌÅÊ ÐÏËÁ ÎÅÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÏÅ ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Ï, ÌÉÂÏ ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ ÏÂÒÁÚÁ\n" -"ramdisk × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ Á×ÁÒÉÊÎÏÊ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ.\n" -"\n" -" * Initrd-size: ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ramdisk, ËÁË ÐÒÁ×ÉÌÏ, ÓÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔ 4096\n" -"ëÂÁÊÔ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ramdisk ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÚÁÄÁÎÏ ÐÏ\n" -"ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÁ ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ.\n" -"\n" -" * þÔÅÎÉÅ-ÚÁÐÉÓØ: ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ \"root\" ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÐÏÄÎÉÍÁÅÔÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÞÔÅÎÉÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÉÔØ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÕ ÆÁÊÌÏ×ÏÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ\n" -"``ÏÖÉ×ÅÔ''. úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÅÒÅÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ.\n" -"\n" -" * NoVideo: ÅÓÌÉ ×ÉÄÅÏÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÅ Apple ÏËÁÖÅÔÓÑ ÉÓËÌÀÞÉÔÅÌØÎÏ\n" -"ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÔÉÞÎÙÍ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ\n" -"``novideo'' Ó ÒÏÄÎÏÊ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÏÊ frame buffer.\n" -"\n" -" * ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ: ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÕÎËÔ ËÁË ×ÙÂÏÒ Linux ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ\n" -"×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÏÓÔÙÍ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ÎÁ ENTER × ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÑ yaboot. üÔÏÔ\n" -"ÐÕÎËÔ ÔÁËÖÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÔÍÅÞÅÎ ``*'', ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍÅÔÅ [Tab], ÞÔÏÂÙ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ\n" -"×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÙ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" -"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" -"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" "\n" -"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" -"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" -"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" -"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" -"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" -"\n" -"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" -"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" -"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" -"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n" -"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n" -"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n" -"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n" -"installed anyway.\n" -"\n" -"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" -"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" -"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" -"will only change the language settings for that particular user." -msgstr "" -"÷ÁÛ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÍÏÇÏ ÑÚÙËÁ ÐÏ×ÌÉÑÅÔ ÎÁ ÑÚÙË ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ, ÓÁÍ\n" -"ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ É ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ × ÃÅÌÏÍ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÒÅÇÉÏÎ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ×Ù\n" -"ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÅÓØ, ÚÁÔÅÍ ÑÚÙË ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ×Ù ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÔÅ.\n" -"\n" -"ðÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÑÚÙËÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÒÁÂÏÞÅÊ ÓÔÁÎÃÉÉ. ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÙ\n" -"ÉÍÅÀÝÉÅ ÏÔÎÏÛÅÎÉÅ Ë ÑÚÙËÕ ÆÁÊÌÙ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ É ÐÒÉÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ.\n" -"îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÅÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ ÉÚ éÓÐÁÎÉÉ,\n" -"×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ × ÄÅÒÅ×Å English ËÁË ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÏÊ, É \"%s\" × ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÏÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅ.\n" -"\n" -"úÁÍÅÔÉÍ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÅ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÙ × ×ÙÂÏÒÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ÑÚÙËÏ×. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÓËÏÌØËÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ÑÚÙËÏ×, ÄÁÖÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ×ÓÅ ÑÚÙËÉ,\n" -"ÏÔÍÅÔÉ× ÐÕÎËÔ \"%s\". ÷ÙÂÏÒ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÉ ÑÚÙËÁ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ÎÁÌÉÞÉÅ ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄÏ×,\n" -"ÛÒÉÆÔÏ×, ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÕ ÏÒÆÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ É Ô.Ä. ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÈ ÑÚÙËÏ×. ëÒÏÍÅ ÔÏÇÏ,\n" -"×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÕÎËÔ \"%s\", ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ\n" -"àÎÉËÏÄ (UTF-8). ïÄÎÁËÏ ÉÍÅÊÔÅ × ×ÉÄÕ, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÜËÓÐÅÒÉÍÅÎÔÁÌØÎÁÑ\n" -"×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÅÒÅÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÑÚÙË, ÔÒÅÂÕÀÝÉÊ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ËÏÄÉÒÏ×ËÉ,\n" -"ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÁ àÎÉËÏÄ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÒÁ×ÎÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ.\n" -"\n" -"äÌÑ ÐÅÒÅËÌÀÞÅÎÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÍÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÍÉ ÑÚÙËÁÍÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ×Ù\n" -"ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÐÕÓËÁÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" Ó ÐÒÁ×ÁÍÉ \"root\",\n" -"ÞÔÏÂÙ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÑÚÙË ÄÌÑ ×ÓÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ. úÁÐÕÓË ÜÔÏÊ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ Ó ÐÒÁ×ÁÍÉ\n" -"ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÑÚÙËÁ ÄÌÑ ÄÁÎÎÏÇÏ\n" -"ËÏÎËÒÅÔÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n" -"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n" -"driver." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÎÁÊÄÅÎÁ Ú×ÕËÏ×ÁÑ ËÁÒÔÁ, ÚÄÅÓØ ÜÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ\n" -"ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÏ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÎÁÑ Ú×ÕËÏ×ÁÑ ËÁÒÔÁ ÎÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ\n" -"ÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÒÅÁÌØÎÏ ÅÓÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ É\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÄÒÁÊ×ÅÒ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" -"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" "\n" -"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" -"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" -"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" -"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" -"changes.\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n" +"ramdisk larger than the default.\n" "\n" -"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" -"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" -"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" -"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" -"operating systems!" -msgstr "" -"ðÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×Ù ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÉÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÕ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÙÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ× ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ, ÎÁ\n" -"ÜËÒÁÎÅ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ× ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ\n" -"ÓÔÁÒÔÁ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÙ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÅ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ, ÏÎÉ\n" -"Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÙ × ÍÅÎÀ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ. úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ\n" -"ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×, ×ÙÂÒÁ× \"%s\" ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÕÎËÔÁ; ×ÙÂÒÁ× ÐÕÎËÔ É ÎÁÖÁ× \"%s\" ÉÌÉ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÉÌÉ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÑ. ëÎÏÐËÁ \"%s\" ÐÏÄÔ×ÅÒÄÉÔ ×ÁÛÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ.\n" -"\n" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÔÁË, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÎÉËÔÏ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÎÅ ÍÏÇ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÁ Ë\n" -"ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÙÍ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÍ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÍ. ÷ ÔÁËÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ\n" -"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ ÐÕÎËÔÙ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ. îÏ ÔÏÇÄÁ ×ÁÍ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÕÖÅÎ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÏÞÎÙÊ ÄÉÓË,\n" -"ÞÔÏÂÙ ÚÁÇÒÕÖÁÔØ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÅ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" -"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" -msgstr "" -"÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÏÞÉÓÔÉÔØ ÄÌÑ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ Mandrake Linux. âÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ, ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ ÎÅÍ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÏÔÅÒÑÎÙ\n" -"É ÉÈ ÎÅÌØÚÑ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ!" - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n" -"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n" -"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n" -"similar to the one used during installation." -msgstr "" -"\"%s\": ÐÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ÏÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ ÍÁÓÔÅÒ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÁ.\n" -"ðÒÏÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÕÀ ÇÌÁ×Õ × ËÎÉÇÅ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'', ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ ËÁË ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒ. ðÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÎÙÊ\n" -"ÔÁÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ ÐÏÄÏÂÅÎ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÏÍÕ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Options\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"You can override the default with this option.\n" "\n" -" Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n" -"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n" -"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n" -"in getting the display configured." -msgstr "" -"ðÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" "\n" -" úÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÍÁÛÉÎÕ ÎÁ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÕ ×\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÅ. ïÞÅ×ÉÄÎÏ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ\n" -"ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ × ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Å ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ ÉÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÏÓØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ\n" -"ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" -"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." -msgstr "" -"ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÙÊ ÐÏÒÔ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÐÏÒÔ \"COM1\" ÐÏÄ Windows\n" -"ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ \"ttyS0\" ÐÏÄ GNU/Linux." +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n" +"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" -"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" -"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" -"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" -"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" -"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option." +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." msgstr "" -"îÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÜÔÁÐÅ DrakX ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÄÌÑ ÍÁÛÉÎÙ ÖÅÌÁÅÍÙÊ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ\n" -"ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ. ëÁË ÐÒÁ×ÉÌÏ, ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ×ÙÛÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁ\n" -"ÍÁÛÉÎÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔÓÑ ËÒÉÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÉÌÉ ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÎÅÐÏÓÒÅÄÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÅÎÁ\n" -"Ë éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÂÏÌÅÅ ×ÙÓÏËÉÊ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ, × ÏÂÝÅÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ,\n" -"ÄÏÓÔÉÇÁÅÔÓÑ × ÏÂÍÅÎ ÎÁ ÕÄÏÂÓÔ×Ï ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ.\n" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" +"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" +"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" +"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" +"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" "\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÚÎÁÅÔÅ ÞÔÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ, ÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ." +"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" +"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" +"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" +"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n" +"other machines on your local network as well." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" -"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" -"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" -"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" -"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" -"necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" -"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" -"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" -"country list.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" -"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" -"correct.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" -"change it if necessary.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" -"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" -"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" -"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" -"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" -"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" -"another driver.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" -"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" -"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" -"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" -"configure it manually.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" -"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" -"card.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n" -"now.\n" +"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" +"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" +"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" +"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n" +"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n" +"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" -"previous step ().\n" +"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n" +"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n" +"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n" +"mouse up and down.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" -"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" -"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" -"firewall settings.\n" +"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n" +"from the list provided.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" -"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n" +"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n" +"go back to the list of choices.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" -"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" -"idea to review this setup." -msgstr "" -"÷ ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Å ÏÂÚÏÒÁ DrakX ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÉÔ Ó×ÏÄËÕ ÉÍÅÀÝÅÊÓÑ Õ ÎÅÇÏ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÏÊ\n" -"ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ Ï ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ. ÷ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÏÇÏ Õ ×ÁÓ\n" -"ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ×ÓÅ ÉÌÉ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÈ ÐÕÎËÔÏ×.\n" -"ëÁÖÄÙÊ ÐÕÎËÔ ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÈ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÏ× ÄÌÑ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ,\n" -"ÓÏÐÒÏ×ÏÖÄÁÅÍÙÈ ÎÅÂÏÌØÛÏÊ Ó×ÏÄËÏÊ Ï ÔÅËÕÝÅÊ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ\n" -"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÕÀ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\", ÞÔÏÂÙ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ ÔÅËÕÝÕÀ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÕ ÒÁÓËÌÁÄËÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ É ÓÄÅÌÁÊÔÅ\n" -"ÐÏÐÒÁ×ËÕ ÅÓÌÉ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ ÔÅËÕÝÉÊ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÓÔÒÁÎÙ åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÅÓØ ÎÅ × ÜÔÏÊ\n" -"ÓÔÒÁÎÅ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÁ ÎÅ\n" -"ÐÒÉÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ × ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÎÏÍ ÓÐÉÓËÅ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\", ÞÔÏÂÙ\n" -"Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÐÏÌÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, DrakX ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔ ÞÁÓÏ×ÏÊ ÐÏÑÓ, ÏÓÎÏ×Ù×ÁÑÓØ ÎÁ\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÊ ×ÁÍÉ ÓÔÒÁÎÅ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÄÅÓØ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÅ ÎÅ×ÅÒÎÏ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ ÔÅËÕÝÕÀ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÀ ÍÙÛÉ É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ, ÅÓÌÉ\n" -"ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ÏÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ ÍÁÓÔÅÒ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒÁ.\n" -"ðÒÏÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÕÀ ÇÌÁ×Õ × ËÎÉÇÅ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'', ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ ËÁË ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒ. ðÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÎÙÊ\n" -"ÔÁÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ ÐÏÄÏÂÅÎ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÏÍÕ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÎÁÊÄÅÎÁ Ú×ÕËÏ×ÁÑ ËÁÒÔÁ, ÚÄÅÓØ ÜÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ\n" -"ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÏ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÎÁÑ Ú×ÕËÏ×ÁÑ ËÁÒÔÁ ÎÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ\n" -"ÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÒÅÁÌØÎÏ ÅÓÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ É\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÄÒÁÊ×ÅÒ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ DrakX ÎÁÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÅÔ ×ÁÛ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ ÎÁ\n" -"ÒÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ \"800x600\" ÉÌÉ \"1024x768\". åÓÌÉ ×ÁÓ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÕÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÅÔ,\n" -"ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ ×ÎÅÓÅÎÉÑ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÊ × ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÀ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ\n" -"ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÁ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÂÙÌÁ ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÁ TV ËÁÒÔÁ, ÏÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÚÄÅÓØ\n" -"ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÁ. åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ TV ËÁÒÔÁ, ÎÏ ÏÎÁ ÎÅ ÂÙÌÁ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÁ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ\n" -"ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" É ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÅÅ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÁ ISDN-ËÁÒÔÁ, ÏÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÚÄÅÓØ\n" -"ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÁ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ÄÌÑ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ Ó×ÑÚÁÎÎÙÈ Ó ÎÅÊ\n" -"ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÄÏÓÔÕÐ × éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÌÉ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÕÀ ÓÅÔØ\n" -"ÐÒÑÍÏ ÓÅÊÞÁÓ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ, ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ÜÔÕ ËÎÏÐËÕ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÏÔ ÐÕÎËÔ ÐÒÅÄÌÁÇÁÅÔ ×ÁÍ ÐÅÒÅÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ,\n" -"ËÁË ÜÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÌÏÓØ ÎÁ ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÅÍ ÛÁÇÅ ().\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÁÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÍÁÛÉÎÕ Ë éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ, ÎÅÐÌÏÈÏÊ\n" -"ÉÄÅÅÊ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÚÁÝÉÔÉÔØ ÓÅÂÑ ÏÔ ×ÔÏÒÖÅÎÉÊ ÉÚ×ÎÅ, ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×É× ÆÁÊÅÒ×ÏÌ.\n" -"ðÒÏÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ËÎÉÇÉ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\n" -"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'', ÇÄÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÙ ÄÅÔÁÌÉ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÆÁÊÅÒ×ÏÌÁ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÀ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ,\n" -"ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÜÔÕ ËÎÏÐËÕ. üÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÐÒÅÄÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÁ ÄÌÑ ÏÐÙÔÎÙÈ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ.\n" -"\n" -" * \"%s\": ÚÄÅÓØ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÏËÏÎÔÒÏÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ËÁËÉÅ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÚÁÐÕÝÅÎÙ\n" -"ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ, ×ÁÍ ÓÔÏÉÔ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ ÜÔÉ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n" +"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n" +"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n" +"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n" +"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n" +"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" +"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" +"mouse." msgstr "" -"÷ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÊ ËÁÒÔÙ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ, Ó 3D ÕÓËÏÒÅÎÉÅÍ\n" -"É ÂÅÚ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ, ËÁËÏÊ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ×ÁÛÉÍ\n" -"ÐÏÔÒÅÂÎÏÓÔÑÍ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n" "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n" "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n" @@ -1403,191 +1079,283 @@ msgid "" "on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n" "buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n" "mouse." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." msgstr "" -"ïÂÙÞÎÏ Õ DrakX ÎÅ ×ÏÚÎÉËÁÅÔ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍ Ó ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÅÍ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Á ËÎÏÐÏË ×ÁÛÅÊ\n" -"ÍÙÛÉ. åÓÌÉ ×ÓÅ-ÔÁËÉ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÁÅÔÓÑ, ÔÏÇÄÁ ÏÎ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÔØ ×ÁÛÕ\n" -"ÍÙÛØ ËÁË Ä×ÕÈ-ËÎÏÐÏÞÎÕÀ É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔ ÜÍÕÌÑÃÉÀ ÔÒÅÈ ËÎÏÐÏË. ôÒÅÔØÑ ËÎÏÐËÁ\n" -"Ä×ÕÈËÎÏÐÏÞÎÏÊ ÍÙÛÉ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ``ÎÁÖÁÔÁ'' ÏÄÎÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÍ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ÎÁ ÌÅ×ÕÀ É\n" -"ÐÒÁ×ÕÀ ËÎÏÐËÕ. DrakX Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÕÚÎÁÅÔ, ËÁËÏÊ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ×ÁÛÁ\n" -"ÍÙÛØ: PS/2, serial ÉÌÉ USB.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ÐÏ ËÁËÉÍ-ÌÉÂÏ ÐÒÉÞÉÎÁÍ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÔÉÐ ÍÙÛÉ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ\n" -"ÎÕÖÎÕÀ ÉÚ ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ ÍÙÛØ, ÏÔÌÉÞÎÕÀ ÏÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÊ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ\n" -"ÔÅÓÔÏ×ÙÊ ÜËÒÁÎ. ðÏÎÁÖÉÍÁÊÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ É ÐÏËÒÕÔÉÔÅ ËÏÌÅÓÉËÏ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÉ\n" -"ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏÓÔÉ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅË É ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÍÙÛØ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ. åÓÌÉ ÍÙÛØ ×ÅÄÅÔ\n" -"ÓÅÂÑ ÎÅ×ÅÒÎÏ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ ÉÌÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ [Return], ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\n" -"ÔÅÓÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ É ×ÅÒÎÕÔØÓÑ Ë ÓÐÉÓËÕ ÍÙÛÅÊ.\n" -"\n" -"íÙÛÉ Ó ËÏÌÅÓÉËÁÍÉ ÉÎÏÇÄÁ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÎÅ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÀÔÓÑ. ÷ ÜÔÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ×ÁÍ\n" -"ÐÒÉÊÄÅÔÓÑ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ Ó×ÏÀ ÍÙÛØ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ. ðÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÌÉ\n" -"ÐÏÒÔ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÅÎÉÑ ÍÙÛÉ. ëÏÇÄÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÁ ÍÙÛØ É ÎÁÖÁÔÁ ËÎÏÐËÁ \"%s\",\n" -"ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ËÁÒÔÉÎËÁ Ó ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅÍ ÍÙÛÉ. ðÏËÒÕÔÉÔÅ ËÏÌÅÓÉËÏ ÍÙÛÉ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÉ\n" -"ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×ÓÅ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ. ëÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ËÏÌÅÓÉËÏ ÎÁ\n" -"ÜËÒÁÎÅ Ä×ÉÖÅÔÓÑ ÓÉÎÈÒÏÎÎÏ Ó Ä×ÉÖÅÎÉÑÍÉ ÎÁÓÔÏÑÝÅÇÏ ËÏÌÅÓÉËÁ, ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ\n" -"ÒÁÂÏÔÕ ËÎÏÐÏË É Ä×ÉÖÅÎÉÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ Ä×ÉÇÁÔØÓÑ ÐÏ ÜËÒÁÎÕ\n" -"ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ ×ÁÛÉÍ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÑÍ ÍÙÛÉ." +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n" -"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n" -"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n" -"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n" -"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n" -"button will take you to the next step.\n" +"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n" +"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n" +"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n" +"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n" +"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n" +"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n" +"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n" +"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n" +"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n" +"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n" +"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n" +"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n" +"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n" "\n" -"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n" -"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n" -"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n" +"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n" +"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n" +"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n" +"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n" +"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n" +"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n" +"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n" +"ones at risk.\n" "\n" -"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n" -"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n" -"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n" +"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n" +"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n" +"you have finished adding users.\n" "\n" -"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n" -"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" -"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection." +"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n" +"that user (bash by default).\n" +"\n" +"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n" +"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n" +"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n" +"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n" +"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box." msgstr "" -"ôÅÐÅÒØ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ×ÁÛÅ ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ/ÓÅÔØ. åÓÌÉ\n" -"×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÉÔØ ×ÁÛ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ Ë éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÌÉ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÊ ÓÅÔÉ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ\n" -"\"%s\". Mandrake Linux ÐÏÐÙÔÁÅÔÓÑ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ ÓÅÔÅ×ÙÅ\n" -"ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Á É ÍÏÄÅÍÙ. åÓÌÉ Á×ÔÏÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ ÎÅ ÐÒÏÊÄÅÔ, ÓÎÉÍÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÏÒ Ó ÏÐÃÉÉ\n" -"\"%s\". ëÒÏÍÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÅ ×ÙÂÉÒÁÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÕ ÓÅÔÉ ÉÌÉ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ\n" -"ÐÏÔÏÍ. ÷ ÜÔÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\", ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÅÒÅÊÔÉ Ë\n" -"ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÍÕ ÛÁÇÕ.\n" -"\n" -"äÌÑ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÓÅÔÉ ×ÁÍ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÏÐÃÉÉ ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÊ: ÔÒÁÄÉÃÉÏÎÎÙÊ\n" -"ÍÏÄÅÍ, ISDN ÍÏÄÅÍ, ADSL ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ, ËÁÂÅÌØÎÙÊ ÍÏÄÅÍ, É ,ÎÁËÏÎÅÃ, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ LAN\n" -"ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ (Ethernet).\n" -"\n" -"úÄÅÓØ ÍÙ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÍ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏ ÏÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ËÁÖÄÏÊ ÏÐÃÉÉ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ.\n" -"ðÒÏÓÔÏ ÕÂÅÄÉÔÅÓØ × ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ×ÓÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ, ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË IP ÁÄÒÅÓ,\n" -"ÛÌÀÚ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, DNS ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ É Ô.Ä. ÂÙÌÉ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÄÁÎÙ ×ÁÛÉÍ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÝÉËÏÍ\n" -"ÕÓÌÕÇ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ (Internet Service Provider) ÉÌÉ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÙÍ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒÏÍ.\n" -"\n" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÚÎÁËÏÍÉÔØÓÑ Ó ÄÅÔÁÌÑÍÉ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ × ÇÌÁ×Å Ï ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÑÈ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ\n" -"× ËÎÉÇÅ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'', ÉÌÉ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÐÏÄÏÖÄÁÔØ, ÐÏËÁ\n" -"×ÁÛÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ É ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÎÕÀ × ÜÔÏÍ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å\n" -"ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÕ ÄÌÑ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÑ." +"GNU/Linux ÜÔÏ ÍÎÏÇÏÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÓËÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ, É ÜÔÏ ÚÎÁÞÉÔ, ÞÔÏ ËÁÖÄÙÊ\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÍÅÔØ Ó×ÏÉ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÅ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÔÅÎÉÑ, ÆÁÊÌÙ É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ.\n" +"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÚÎÁÔØ\n" +"ÂÏÌØÛÅ. ÷ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÉ ÏÔ \"root\", ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒÏÍ,\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ×Ù ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔÅ ÚÄÅÓØ, ÎÅ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÉÍÅÔØ ÐÏÌÎÏÍÏÞÉÊ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØ\n" +"ÞÔÏ ÌÉÂÏ, ËÒÏÍÅ Ó×ÏÉÈ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ× É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅË. ÷ÁÍ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ\n" +"ÈÏÔÑ ÂÙ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÄÌÑ ÓÅÂÑ. üÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÁËËÁÕÎÔ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ\n" +"×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÌÑ ÅÖÅÄÎÅ×ÎÏÊ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ. èÏÔØ ÜÔÏ É ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÁËÔÉÞÎÏ\n" +"ÚÁÈÏÄÉÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÅÖÅÄÎÅ×ÎÏ ËÁË \"root\", ÜÔÏ ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÏÞÅÎØ\n" +"ÏÐÁÓÎÏ! óÁÍÁÑ ÍÅÌËÁÑ ÏÛÉÂËÁ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÔÁË, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÛÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÂÏÌØÛÅ\n" +"ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÓÅÒØÅÚÎÕÀ ÏÛÉÂËÕ ËÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÔÅÒÑÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ, ÎÏ ÎÅ ×ÓÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ.\n" +"\n" +"÷ ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÏÌÅ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ××ÅÓÔÉ ×ÁÛÅ ÒÅÁÌØÎÏÅ ÉÍÑ. üÔÏ, ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÎÅ\n" +"ÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ -, ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ÒÅÁÌØÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ××ÅÓÔÉ ×ÓÅ ÞÔÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ. DrakX\n" +"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ ÓÌÏ×Ï, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ×Ù ××ÅÌÉ × ÐÏÌÅ É ÐÏÄÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÅÇÏ ËÁË\n" +"\"%s\". üÔÏ ÉÍÑ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÄÌÑ ×ÈÏÄÁ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ. ÷Ù\n" +"ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÅÇÏ. úÁÔÅÍ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ. ó ÔÏÞËÉ ÚÒÅÎÉÑ\n" +"ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔÉ ÐÁÒÏÌØ ÎÅ-ÐÒÉ×ÉÌÅÇÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÇÏ (ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ) ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÎÅ ÔÁË\n" +"ËÒÉÔÉÞÅÎ, ËÁË ÐÁÒÏÌØ \"root\", ÎÏ ÎÅÔ ÐÒÉÞÉÎ ÐÒÅÎÅÂÒÅÇÁÔØ ÉÍ: × ËÏÎÃÅ\n" +"ËÏÎÃÏ×, ×Ù ÒÉÓËÕÅÔÅ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÆÁÊÌÁÍÉ.\n" +"\n" +"ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍÅÔÅ \"%s\", ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ ÅÝÅ ÓËÏÌØËÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ. óÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ ÄÌÑ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÉÚ Ó×ÏÉÈ ÄÒÕÚÅÊ, ÄÌÑ ÏÔÃÁ\n" +"ÉÌÉ ÓÅÓÔÒÙ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ. ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÚÁËÏÎÞÉÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ\n" +"\"%s\".\n" +"\n" +"îÁÖÁÔÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ \"%s\" ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ \"shell\" ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÄÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ (ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÜÔÏ bash).\n" +"\n" +"ðÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×ÓÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÙ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ\n" +"ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ, ÐÏÄ ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ×ÈÏÄÉÔØ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÐÏÓÌÅ\n" +"ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÓ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÕÅÔ ÜÔÁ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ (É ×ÁÓ ÎÅ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÁÑ\n" +"ÂÅÚÏÐÁÓÎÏÓÔØ), ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÇÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ É ÏËÏÎÎÙÊ ÍÅÎÅÄÖÅÒ, ÚÁÔÅÍ\n" +"ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\". åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÁ ÜÔÁ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ, ÓÎÉÍÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÏÒ Ó ÐÕÎËÔÁ\n" +"\"%s\"" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" -"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" -"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." msgstr "" -"ðÒÅÖÄÅ ÞÅÍ ÐÒÏÄÏÌÖÉÔØ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ÕÓÌÏ×ÉÑ ÌÉÃÅÎÚÉÉ.\n" -"ìÉÃÅÎÚÉÑ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÎÁ ×ÅÓØ ÄÉÓÔÒÉÂÕÔÉ× Mandrake Linux. åÓÌÉ ×Ù\n" -"ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÙ ÓÏ ×ÓÅÍÉ ÕÓÌÏ×ÉÑÍÉ ÌÉÃÅÎÚÉÉ, ÏÔÍÅÔØÔÅ ÐÕÎËÔ \"%s\". åÓÌÉ ÎÅÔ -\n" -"ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ×ÙËÌÀÞÉÔÅ Ó×ÏÊ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ." +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Graphic Card\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n" -"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" -"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" -"suits your needs." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" msgstr "" -"÷ÉÄÅÏËÁÒÔÁ\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" "\n" -" éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÅÔ É ÎÁÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÅÔ ×ÉÄÅÏËÁÒÔÕ,\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÕÀ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÔÁË, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ × ÜÔÏÍ\n" -"ÓÐÉÓËÅ ËÁÒÔÕ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ Õ ×ÁÓ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÁ.\n" +"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n" +"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n" +"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n" +"changes.\n" "\n" -" ÷ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÄÌÑ ×ÁÛÅÊ ËÁÒÔÙ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ, Ó 3D\n" -"ÕÓËÏÒÅÎÉÅÍ É ÂÅÚ, ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ, ËÁËÏÊ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ\n" -"×ÁÛÉÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÎÏÓÔÑÍ." +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n" +"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n" +"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n" +"operating systems!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" -"time.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" -"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" -"time.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" -"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" -"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" -"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" -"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" -"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" -"!!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." msgstr "" -"üÔÏÔ ÄÉÁÌÏÇ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÓÔÁÒÔÏ×ÁÔØ ÐÒÉ\n" -"ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÅ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ.\n" +"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"DrakX ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÓÐÉÓÏË ×ÓÅÈ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ ÐÒÉ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÁÈ\n" -"ÔÅËÕÝÅÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ. ðÅÒÅÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÉÈ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÏ É ÕÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ÓÅ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÎÅ\n" -"Ñ×ÌÑÀÔÓÑ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÍÉ ÄÌÑ ÓÔÁÒÔÁ ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ.\n" +" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n" "\n" -"÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ËÏÒÏÔËÉÅ ÐÏÑÓÎÅÎÉÑ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÁ, ×ÙÂÒÁ× ÓÅÒ×ÉÓ ×\n" -"ÓÐÉÓËÅ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ Õ×ÅÒÅÎÙ, ÐÏÌÅÚÅÎ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓ ÉÌÉ ÎÅÔ, ÌÕÞÛÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ\n" -"ÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ËÁË ÂÙÌÏ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ.\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" "\n" -"!! îÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÜÔÁÐÅ ÂÕÄØÔÅ ÐÒÅÄÅÌØÎÏ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÙ, ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÍÁÛÉÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ\n" -"ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ: ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ×Ù ÎÅ ÚÁÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÚÁÐÕÓËÁÔØ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÙ.\n" -"ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ ÐÏÍÎÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ ÐÏÔÅÎÃÉÁÌØÎÏ ÏÐÁÓÎÙ ÄÌÑ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÁ.\n" -"÷ ÏÂÝÅÍ, ÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÔÅ ÓÅÒ×ÉÓÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÁÍ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÎÕÖÎÙ. !!" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n" +"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n" +"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n" +"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n" +"default.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n" +"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n" +"you need it, check this box.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n" +"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n" +"checking this box.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n" +"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n" +"are normally reserved for the expert user." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Monitor\n" -"\n" -" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" -"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n" -"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n" +"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n" +"will reboot your computer." msgstr "" -"íÏÎÉÔÏÒ\n" -"\n" -" éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÔÏÒ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÉÔØ É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒ,\n" -"ÐÏÄËÌÀÞÅÎÎÙÊ Ë ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ÅÍÕ ÜÔÏ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÏÓØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ\n" -"ÓÁÍÏÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ×ÁÛ ÍÏÎÉÔÏÒ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ." +"ðÒÅÖÄÅ ÞÅÍ ÐÒÏÄÏÌÖÉÔØ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ÕÓÌÏ×ÉÑ ÌÉÃÅÎÚÉÉ.\n" +"ìÉÃÅÎÚÉÑ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÎÁ ×ÅÓØ ÄÉÓÔÒÉÂÕÔÉ× Mandrake Linux. åÓÌÉ ×Ù\n" +"ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÙ ÓÏ ×ÓÅÍÉ ÕÓÌÏ×ÉÑÍÉ ÌÉÃÅÎÚÉÉ, ÏÔÍÅÔØÔÅ ÐÕÎËÔ \"%s\". åÓÌÉ ÎÅÔ -\n" +"ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ×ÙËÌÀÞÉÔÅ Ó×ÏÊ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n" -"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n" -"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n" -"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n" -"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n" -"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n" -"\n" -"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n" -"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n" -"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n" -"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n" -"other machines on your local network as well." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" msgstr "" -"GNU/Linux ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÑÅÔ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÅÍ × GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) É ÔÒÁÎÓÌÉÒÕÅÔ ÅÇÏ\n" -"× ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÅ ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÇÏ ×ÁÍÉ ÞÁÓÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÏÑÓÁ. åÓÌÉ ÞÁÓÙ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ\n" -"ÍÁÔÅÒÉÎÓËÏÊ ÐÌÁÔÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÙ × ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÅÁËÔÉ×ÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ\n" -"ÜÔÏ, ÕÂÒÁ× ×ÙÂÏÒ \"%s\", ÞÔÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ GNU/Linux ÐÏÍÎÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÙÅ ÞÁÓÙ\n" -"É ÁÐÐÁÒÁÔÎÙÅ ÞÁÓÙ ÐÒÉÎÁÄÌÅÖÁÔ ÒÁÚÎÙÍ ÞÁÓÏ×ÙÍ ÐÏÑÓÁÍ. üÔÏ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏ × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ,\n" -"ËÏÇÄÁ ÎÁ ÍÁÛÉÎÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÝÅÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÁÑ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÁÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÔÉÐÁ Windows.\n" -"\n" -"ïÐÃÉÑ \"%s\" ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÏÄÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÔØ ÞÁÓÙ, ÓÏÅÄÉÎÑÑÓØ Ó\n" -"ÕÄÁÌÅÎÎÙÍ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ × éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ. åÓÔÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÜÔÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÌÏ, ×ÁÍ\n" -"ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ó éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ. ìÕÞÛÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÂÌÉÖÁÊÛÉÊ Ë ×ÁÍ\n" -"ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ. üÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÅÔ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÕ ÍÁÛÉÎÕ ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ,\n" -"ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÐÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÍÁÛÉÎÁÍÉ × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÏÊ\n" -"ÓÅÔÉ." +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n" +"will be lost and will not be recoverable!" # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1661,104 +1429,48 @@ msgid "" "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" "country list." msgstr "" -"\"%s\": ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ ÔÅËÕÝÉÊ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÓÔÒÁÎÙ åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÅÓØ ÎÅ × ÜÔÏÊ ÓÔÒÁÎÅ,\n" -"ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÁ ÎÅ\n" -"ÐÒÉÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ × ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÎÏÍ ÓÐÉÓËÅ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\", ÞÔÏÂÙ\n" -"Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÐÏÌÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË." +"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml msgid "" -"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" -"(formatting means creating a file system).\n" -"\n" -"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" -"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" -"partitions as well.\n" -"\n" -"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" -"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" -"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" -"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" -"\"/home\").\n" -"\n" -"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" -"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" -"it.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" -"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" -"\n" -"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n" -"bad blocks on the disk." -msgstr "" -"÷ÓÅ ×ÎÏ×Ø ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÏÔÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÙ ÄÌÑ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÉÈ\n" -"ÍÏÖÎÏ ÂÙÌÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ (ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÅ ÆÁÊÌÏ×ÏÊ\n" -"ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ).\n" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" +"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" +"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" -"îÁ ÜÔÏÍ ÜÔÁÐÅ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ÐÅÒÅÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÖÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ\n" -"ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÓÔÅÒÅÔØ ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÏÎÉ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÜÔÏ\n" -"ÎÕÖÎÏ, ÔÏÇÄÁ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ É ÜÔÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ.\n" +"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n" "\n" -"ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÉÍÅÊÔÅ × ×ÉÄÕ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅÔ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÐÅÒÅÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ×ÓÅ\n" -"ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×Ï×Á×ÛÉÅ ÒÁÎÅÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ. ÷Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÅÒÅÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ,\n" -"ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÉÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÕÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ (ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË \"/\", \"/usr\" ÉÌÉ \"/var\"),\n" -"ÎÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔÓÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ,\n" -"ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×Ù ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ (ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÜÔÏ \"/home\").\n" +" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n" +"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n" +"the installation you just configured.\n" "\n" -"ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÂÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ ÐÒÉ ×ÙÂÏÒÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×. ðÏÓÌÅ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ×ÓÅ\n" -"ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÈ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÙ É ×Ù ÎÅ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÈ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ.\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" "\n" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ËÏÇÄÁ ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÇÏÔÏ×Ù ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ.\n" +" * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n" +"step is the only interactive procedure.\n" "\n" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÄÌÑ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ\n" -"Mandrake Linux.\n" +" * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n" +"rewritten, all data is lost.\n" "\n" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ÅÓÌÉ ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ ÎÁ\n" -"ÓÂÏÊÎÙÅ ÂÌÏËÉ (bad blocks)." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" -"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n" -"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n" -"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" -"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n" -"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n" -"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n" -"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n" -"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n" +"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n" "\n" -"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" -"supported keyboards.\n" +" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n" +"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n" +"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n" "\n" -"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n" -"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n" -"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts." +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" msgstr "" -"÷ ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÑÚÙËÁ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ×ÙÂÒÁÌÉ × ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅ , DrakX\n" -"Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÏÄÂÅÒÅÔ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÎÕÀ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÀ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, Õ ×ÁÓ\n" -"ÍÏÖÅÔ É ÎÅ ÂÙÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÔÏÞÎÏ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ×ÁÛÅÍÕ ÑÚÙËÕ:\n" -"ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù Û×ÅÊÃÁÒÅÃ, ÇÏ×ÏÒÑÝÉÊ ÐÏ-ÁÎÇÌÉÊÓËÉ, Õ ×ÁÓ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ\n" -"Û×ÅÊÃÁÒÓËÁÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÁ. éÌÉ ×Ù ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÔÅ ÐÏ-ÁÎÇÌÉÊÓËÉ, ÎÏ ÖÉ×ÅÔÅ × ë×ÅÂÅËÅ,\n" -"ÔÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÐÁÓÔØ × ÐÏÄÏÂÎÕÀ × ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÀ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×ÁÛ ÒÏÄÎÏÊ ÑÚÙË É\n" -"ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÁ ÎÅ ÓÏ×ÐÁÄÁÀÔ. ÷ ÌÀÂÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ÜÔÏÔ ÛÁÇ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÑÝÕÀ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÕ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ.\n" -"\n" -"îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ \"%s\" ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÐÏÌÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÍÙÈ\n" -"ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒ.\n" -"\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÒÁÓËÌÁÄËÕ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ, ÏÓÎÏ×ÁÎÎÕÀ ÎÁ ÎÅ-ÌÁÔÉÎÓËÏÍ\n" -"ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔÅ, ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÅ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÓÏÞÅÔÁÎÉÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ\n" -"ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅËÌÀÞÅÎÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÌÁÔÉÎÓËÏÊ É ÎÅ-ÌÁÔÉÎÓËÏÊ ÒÁÓËÌÁÄËÁÍÉ." - -# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: -# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml -msgid "" "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" -"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n" +"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n" "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n" "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n" "\n" @@ -1786,39 +1498,277 @@ msgid "" "\n" "(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" "\"mformat a:\")" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." +msgstr "" +"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n" +"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n" +"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n" +"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n" +"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n" +"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n" +"Mandrake Control Center.\n" +"\n" +"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n" +"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n" +"address." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" msgstr "" -"é ×ÏÔ ×Ù ÚÄÅÓØ. éÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÑ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÅÎÁ É ×ÁÛÁ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ GNU/Linux ÇÏÔÏ×Á Ë\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ. ðÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ \"%s\", ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÅÒÅÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ. ðÅÒ×ÏÅ,\n" -"ÞÔÏ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×ÁÛ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ ÚÁËÏÎÞÉÔ ÔÅÓÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ\n" -"ÏÂÏÒÕÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ, ÜÔÏ ÍÅÎÀ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÁ, ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÀÝÅÅ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÏÒ\n" -"ËÁËÕÀ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÕÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ.\n" +"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n" +"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n" +"time.\n" +"\n" +"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n" +"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n" +"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." +msgstr "" +"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n" +"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n" +"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n" +"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n" +"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n" +"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n" +"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n" +"\n" +"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n" +"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n" +"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n" +"or not depending on the user choices:\n" +"\n" +" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n" +"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Tha\x{00ef}, Greek, Turkish, most\n" +"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n" +"\n" +" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n" +"\n" +" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n" +"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n" +"\n" +" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n" +"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n" +"chosen.\n" +"\n" +"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n" +"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n" +"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n" +"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n" +"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n" +"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n" +"will only change the language settings for that particular user." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." +msgstr "" +"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n" +"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n" +"suits your needs." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n" +"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n" +"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n" +"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n" +"parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n" +"before your default kernel description is selected;\n" "\n" -"ëÎÏÐËÁ \"%s\" ÏÔËÒÏÅÔ ÅÝÅ Ä×Å ËÎÏÐËÉ:\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÞÔÏÂÙ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÏÎÎÕÀ ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ, Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÍÏÖÎÏ\n" -"Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÒÏ×ÅÓÔÉ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÀ, ÐÏÄÏÂÎÕÀ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÞÔÏ ÐÒÏ×ÅÄÅÎÎÏÊ, ÂÅÚ\n" -"ÕÞÁÓÔÉÑ ÏÐÅÒÁÔÏÒÁ.\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" "\n" -" ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÑ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ Ä×Á ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ\n" -"×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÁ:\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n" +"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n" +"what it finds there:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". üÔÏ ÞÁÓÔÉÞÎÏ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÚÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÁÑ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÑ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÔÏÌØËÏ\n" -"ÛÁÇ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÉ ÄÉÓËÁ (É ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÎ ÏÄÉÎ) ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔ ÕÞÁÓÔÉÑ.\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n" +"other OS installed on your machine.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\". ÐÏÌÎÏÓÔØÀ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÑ: ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË ÐÏÌÎÏÓÔØÀ\n" -"ÐÅÒÅÚÁÐÉÓÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ É ×ÓÅ ÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÔÅÒÑÀÔÓÑ .\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" "\n" -" üÔÁ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ÏÞÅÎØ ÕÄÏÂÎÁ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÐÏ×ÔÏÒÑÔØ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÀ ÎÁ\n" -"ÂÏÌØÛÏÍ ÞÉÓÌÅ ÏÄÉÎÁËÏ×ÙÈ ÍÁÛÉÎ. óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ Auto install ÎÁ ÎÁÛÅÍ web\n" -"ÓÁÊÔÅ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ.\n" +"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n" +"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n" +"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"Monitor\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\" (*): ÓÏÈÒÁÎÑÅÔ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ÓÄÅÌÁÎÎÙÊ × ÄÁÎÎÏÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÉ. äÌÑ\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ Ó×ÏÅÊ ×ÙÂÏÒËÉ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÄÌÑ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ, ×ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ\n" -"× ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÄ É ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÕ. ÷ ÐÒÉÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÉ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ [F1] É ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ\n" -">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." +msgstr "" +"Monitor\n" "\n" -"(*) ÷ÁÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÁÑ × FAT ÄÉÓËÅÔÁ (ÄÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÔÁËÏÊ ÐÏÄ\n" -"GNU/Linux ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \"mformat a:\")" +" The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n" +"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n" +"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer." # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml @@ -1856,7 +1806,7 @@ msgid "" " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" "originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" @@ -1894,75 +1844,200 @@ msgid "" "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" "emergency boot situations." msgstr "" -"úÄÅÓØ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÁÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ, ËÁËÉÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ Mandrake Linux. åÓÌÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÂÙÌÉ ÕÖÅ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÙ\n" -"ÒÁÎÅÅ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÅÊ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÅÊ GNU/Linux ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÕÔÉÌÉÔÏÊ\n" -"ÒÁÚÂÉÅÎÉÑ ÄÉÓËÏ×, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÏÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÍÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ. ÷\n" -"ÐÒÏÔÉ×ÎÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÙ.\n" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" "\n" -"äÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÖÅÓÔËÉÊ ÄÉÓË. üÔÏ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ,\n" -"×ÙÂÒÁ× ``hda'' ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒ×ÏÇÏ IDE ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Á, ``hdb'' ÄÌÑ ×ÔÏÒÏÇÏ, ``sda'' ÄÌÑ\n" -"ÐÅÒ×ÏÇÏ SCSI ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Á É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ.\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" "\n" -"äÌÑ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÉ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ\n" -"ÏÐÃÉÉ:\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÕÄÁÌÑÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÎÁ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÍ ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ;\n" +" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÜÔÁ ÏÐÃÉÑ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ ext3 É swap ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÎÁ\n" -"Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏÍ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Å ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ.\n" +" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n" +"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n" "\n" -"\"%s\": ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÅÔ ÄÏÓÔÕÐ Ë ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÍ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÍ:\n" +"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÓÏÈÒÁÎÑÅÔ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÎÁ ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ. ðÏÌÅÚÎÏ ÄÌÑ\n" -"×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× × ÂÕÄÕÝÅÍ. ïÞÅÎØ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÅÓÔÉ\n" -"ÜÔÏÔ ÛÁÇ.\n" +" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n" +"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n" +"perform this step.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, ÒÁÎÅÅ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÅÎÎÕÀ ÎÁ\n" -"ÄÉÓËÅÔÕ.\n" +" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n" +"floppy disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÉÓÐÏÒÞÅÎÁ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÐÙÔÁÔØÓÑ ÅÅ\n" -"×ÏÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ. ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÂÕÄØÔÅ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙ É ÐÏÍÎÉÔÅ,\n" -"ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ É ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØÓÑ.\n" +" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n" +"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n" +"work.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÏÔÍÅÎÑÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ É ÚÁÇÒÕÖÁÅÔ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÕÀ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×.\n" +" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n" +"originally on the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÅÓÌÉ ÎÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÔÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ×ÙÎÕÖÄÅÎÙ\n" -"×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÍÏÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ É ÒÁÚÍÏÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÓßÅÍÎÙÅ ÎÏÓÉÔÅÌÉ ÔÉÐÁ ÄÉÓËÅÔ É\n" -"CD-ROMÏ×.\n" +" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n" +"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÐÒÏ×ÅÓÔÉ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÕ ÄÉÓËÁ Ó\n" -"ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÍÁÓÔÅÒÁ. üÔÏ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ ÔÅÍ, ËÔÏ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÄÏÓÔÁÔÏÞÎÏÇÏ ÏÐÙÔÁ ×\n" -"ÒÁÚÂÉÅÎÉÉ ÄÉÓËÏ×.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n" +"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n" +"partitioning.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÜÔÕ ÏÐÃÉÀ ÄÌÑ ÏÔÍÅÎÙ ×ÁÛÉÈ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÊ.\n" +" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n" +"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÄÉÔØ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ ÎÁÄ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ\n" -"(ÔÉÐ, ÏÐÃÉÉ, ÆÏÒÍÁÔ) É ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ Ï ÖÅÓÔËÏÍ ÄÉÓËÅ.\n" +" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" "\n" -" * \"%s\": ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÚÁËÏÎÞÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÕ Ó×ÏÅÇÏ ÖÅÓÔËÏÇÏ ÄÉÓËÁ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÓÀÄÁ\n" -"ÞÔÏÂÙ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÄÉÓË.\n" +"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n" +"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n" "\n" -"ðÒÉ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÉ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ,\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÏ ÓÔÒÅÌËÁÍÉ ÎÁ ×ÁÛÅÊ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÅ.\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n" "\n" -"úÁÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ: ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÏÂÒÁÔØÓÑ ÄÏ ÌÀÂÏÊ ÉÚ ÏÐÃÉÊ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÕ.\n" -"ðÅÒÅÍÅÝÁÊÔÅÓØ ÐÏ ÎÉÍ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ [Tab] É ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ [Up/Down].\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" "\n" -"ëÏÇÄÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ×ÙÂÒÁÎ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ:\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-c ÄÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ (ËÏÇÄÁ ×ÙÂÒÁÎ ÐÕÓÔÏÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ);\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-d ÄÌÑ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÑ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ;\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n" "\n" -" * Ctrl-m ÄÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÔÏÞËÉ ÍÏÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ.\n" +"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n" +"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``óÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï''.\n" "\n" -"þÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ×ÙÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÈ,\n" -"ÐÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ ÐÏÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ ÇÌÁ×Õ ext2FS ÉÚ ËÎÉÇÉ ``óÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï''.\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml +msgid "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" "\n" -"åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÄÉÔÅ ÉÎÓÔÁÌÌÑÃÉÀ ÎÁ PPC ÍÁÛÉÎÕ, ×ÁÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ\n" -"ÍÁÌÅÎØËÉÊ HFS ``bootstrap'' ÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ÎÅ ÂÏÌØÛÅ 1MB, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÕÄÅÔ\n" -"ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÞÉËÏÍ yaboot. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÒÅÛÉÔÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÞÕÔØ\n" -"ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ÓËÁÖÅÍ 50MB, ÔÏ ×Ù ÎÁÊÄÅÔÅ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ ÄÌÑ ÈÒÁÎÅÎÉÑ spare kernel\n" -"É ramdisk ÏÂÒÁÚÏ× ÄÌÑ ÚÁÇÒÕÚËÉ × Á×ÁÒÉÊÎÙÈ ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÑÈ." +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n" +"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n" +"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n" +"firewall settings.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." +msgstr "" +"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n" +"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n" +"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n" +"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n" +"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n" +"necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n" +"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n" +"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n" +"country list.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n" +"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n" +"correct.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n" +"change it if necessary.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ\n" +"ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for more information on how to setup a new\n" +"printer. The interface presented there is similar to the one used during\n" +"installation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n" +"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n" +"another driver.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n" +"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n" +"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n" +"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n" +"configure it manually.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n" +"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n" +"card.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n" +"previous step ().\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n" +"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n" +"the corresponding section of the ``óÔÁÒÔÏ×ÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ'' for\n" +"details about firewall settings.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n" +"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n" +"\n" +" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n" +"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n" +"idea to review this setup." |